巴利语辭典

诸大德合编

Saṁvelli: {'def': '(f.) [saṁ+velli, cp. vellita] “that which is wound round,” a loin cloth J.V,306. As saṁvelliya at Vin.II,137, 271. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvesanā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. saṁveseti] lying down, being in bed, sleeping J.VI,551 sq., 557. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁveseti: {'def': '[Caus. of saṁvisati] to lead, conduct A.I,141; Pass. saṁvesiyati to be put to bed (applied to a sick person) M.I,88=III, 181;D.II,24. Cp. abhi°. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁveṭheti: {'def': '[saṁ+veṭheti] to wrap, stuff, tuck in Vin.IV,40. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvibhajana: {'def': '【中】saṁvibhāga,【阳】分，分享。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvibhajati: {'def': '[saṁ+vibhajati] to divide, to share, to communicate D.II,233; Miln.94, 344; inf. °vibhajituṁ Miln.295; Dāvs.V,54. -- pp. saṁvibhatta. -- Caus. °vibhājeti. It.65. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+vi+bhaj +a), 分开，分享。【过】saṁvibhaji。【过分】saṁvibhajita。saṁvibhatta。【独】saṁvibhajja, saṁvibhajitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvibhatta: {'def': '[pp. of saṁvibhajati] divided, shared Th.1, 9. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已分好，已安排。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvibhāga: {'def': '[saṁ+vibhāga] distribution, sharing out D.III,191; A.I,92, 150; It.18 sq., 98, 102; Vv 37⁵; Miln.94. --dāna° (of gifts) J.V,331; Vism.306. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvibhāgin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṁvibhāga] generous, open-handed S.I,43=J.IV,110; V,397 (a°); Miln.207. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvibhāgī: {'def': '【阳】慷慨，大方，豪爽。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvidahana: {'def': '(nt.) [for the usual °vidhāna] arrangement, appointment, provision J.II,209; DA.I,148; DhsA.111. The word is peculiar to the Commentary style. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】安排，下令。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvidahati: {'def': '[saṁ+vidahati] to arrange, appoint, fix, settle, provide, prepare D.I,61 (Pot. °eyyāma); aor. °vidahi PvA.198; inf. °vidhātuṁ A.II,35, & °vidahituṁ Vin.I,287; ger. °vidhāya Vin.IV,62 sq., 133; Mhvs 17, 37, & °vidahitvā Vin.I,287; III,53, 64; J.I,59; V,46; also as Caus. formⁿ °vidahetvāna J.VI,301. -- pp. saṁvidahita & saṁvihita. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+vi+dhā+a), 安排，准备，下令。【过】saṁvidahi。【过分】saṁvidahita。【独】saṁvidahitvā。【现分】saṁvidahamāna。【义】saṁvidahitabba。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvidahita: {'def': '[pp. of saṁvidahati] arranged Vin.IV,64; DhA.I,397. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvidati: {'def': '[saṁ+vidati: see vindati] to know; ger. °viditvā J.III,114; V,172. -- pp. saṁvidita. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvidhāna: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṁvidahati] arranging, providing, arrangement D.I,135; J.I,140 (rakkhā°). (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】安排，下令。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvidhātar: {'def': '[n. ag. fr. saṁvidahati] one who arranges or provides (cp. vidhātar) D.III,148. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvidhātuṁ: {'def': '(Saṁvidahati 的【不】), 要安排，要下令。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvidhāvahāra: {'def': '[saṁvidhā (short ger. form)+avahāra] taking by arrangement, i. e. theft committed in agreement with others Vin.III,53. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvidhāya: {'def': '(Saṁvidahati的【独】), 安排了。saṁvidhāyaka,【形】安排的人，处理的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvidhāyaka: {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+vidhāyaka] providing, managing; f. °ikā J.I,155. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvidita: {'def': '[pp. of saṁvidati] known Sn.935. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvigga: {'def': '[pp. of saṁvijjati¹] agitated, moved by fear or awe, excited, stirred D.I,50; II,240; A.II,115; S.IV,290; V,270; J.I,59; Miln.236; PvA.31 (°hadaya). (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Saṁvijjati的【过分】), 已激动，已被恐惧所影响。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvihita: {'def': '[pp. of saṁvidahati] arranged, prepared, provided J.I,133 (°ārakkha i. e. protected); in cpd. su° well arranged or appointed, fully provided D.II,75; M.II,75; DA.I,147, 182; a° unappointed Vin.I,175; Vism.37. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Saṁvidahati 的【过分】) 已安排，已下令，已准备。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvijita: {'def': '[pp. of saṁvejeti] (med.) filled with fear or awe, made to tremble; (pass.) felt, realized Sn.935 (=saṁvejita ubbejita Nd¹ 406). (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvijjati: {'def': '¹ [Vedic vijate, vij; not as simple verb in P.] to be agitated or moved, to be stirred A.II,114; It.30. ‹-› pp. saṁvigga. -- Caus. saṁvejeti M.I,253; S.I,141; Vin.I,32; imper. °vejehi S.V,270; aor. °vejesi Miln.236; inf. °vejetuṁ S.I,197; ger °vejetvā J.I,327; grd. °vejanīya that which should cause awe, in °āni ṭhānāni places of pilgrimage D.II,140; A.I,36; II,120; It.30. -- pp. saṁvijita & °vejita. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [Pass. of saṁvindati] to be found, to exist, to be D.I,3; Vin.II,122; J.I,214 (°amāna); PvA.153. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+vid知+ya), 被发现，存在，被激动，被移动。【过】saṁvijji。【现分】saṁvijjamāna。Ye saṅkiliṭṭhā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā sajvijjanti vā te Tathāgatassa no vā ti.(凡是眼、耳所识之污秽法，於如来是否存在呢？)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvilāpa: {'def': '[saṁ+vilāpa] noisy talk; fig. for thundering S.IV,289 (abbha°). (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvindati: {'def': '[saṁ+vindati] to find; ppr. (a)saṁvindaṁ Th.1, 717. -- Pass. saṁvijjati (q. v.). (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvirūhati: {'def': '[saṁ+virūhati] to germinate, to sprout Miln.99, 125, 130, 375. -- pp. saṁvirūḷha. -- Caus. °virūheti to cause to grow, to nourish J.IV,429. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvirūḷha: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of saṁvirūhati] fully grown, healed up J.II,117. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvisati: {'def': '[saṁ+visati] to enter; Caus. saṁveseti (q. v.). Cp. --bhisaṁvisati. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvissajjetar: {'def': '[saṁ+vissajjetar] one who appoints or assigns DA.I,112. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvissandati: {'def': '[saṁ+vissandati] to overflow M.II,117; Miln.36. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvohāra: {'def': '[saṁ+vohāra] business, traffic Vin.III,239; A.II,187=S.I,78; A.III,77; SnA 471. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+vohāra)﹐事业(business)，交通(traffic)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvohārati: {'def': '[denom. fr. saṁvohāra] to trade (with); ppr. °vohāramāna [cp. BSk. saṁvyavahāramāna Divy 259] A.II,188. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(denom.‹saṁvohāra) 贸易(to trade (with))。【现分】Saṁvohāramāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁvossajjati: {'def': 'see samavossajjati. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvuta: {'def': '(saṁvarati 的【过分】) 抑制。saṁvutindriya,【形】已控制了五根的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of saṁvarati] 1. closed D.I,81. -- 2. tied up J.IV,361. -- 3. restrained, governed, (self-)controlled, guarded D.I,250; III,48, 97; S.II,231; IV,351 sq.; A.I,7 (cittaṁ); II,25; III,387; It.96, 118; Sn.340 (indriyesu); Dh.340; DA.I,181. asaṁvuta unrestrained S.IV,70; A.III,387; Pug.20, 24; in phrase asaṁvuṭā lokantarikā andhakārā (the world-spaces which are dark &) ungoverned, orderless, not supported, baseless D.II,12. --su° well controlled Vin.II,213; IV,186; S.IV,70; Sn.413; Dh.8.

--atta self-controlled S.I,66. --indriya having the senses under control It.91; Pug.35. --kārin M.II,260. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvāsa: {'def': '【阳】1.同房。2.亲密。3.性交。saṁvāsaka,【形】同居的，共处一室的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+vāsa²] 1. living with, co-residence Vin.I,97; II,237; III,28; A.II,57 sq., 187; III,164 sq.; IV,172; J.I,236; IV,317 (piya-saṁvāsaṁ vasi lived together in harmony); Sn.283, 290, 335; Dh.207, 302; Sdhp.435. ‹-› 2. intimacy J.II,39. -- 3. cohabitation, sexual intercourse D.I,97; J.I,134; II,108; SnA 355. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvāsaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṁvāsa] living together Vin.II,162; III,173. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvāsiya: {'def': '[fr. saṁvāsa] one who lives with somebody Sn.22; a°-bhāva impossibility to co-reside Miln.249. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvāti: {'def': '[saṁ+vāyati²] to be fragrant J.V,206 (cp. vv. ll. on p. 203). (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvījita: {'def': '[saṁ+vījita] fanned Dāvs.V,18. (Page 657)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁvūḷha: {'def': 'see saṁyūḷha. (Page 658)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyama: {'def': '【阳】saṁyamana,【中】抑制，克己，节制。saṁyamī,【阳】隐遁者，抑制五官的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁyamana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṁ+yam] fastening J.V,202, 207. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyamanī: {'def': '(f.) [fr. last] a kind of ornament J.V,202 (=maṇisuvaṇṇa-pavāḷa-rajata-mayāni pilandhanāni C.). (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyamati: {'def': '[saṁ+yamati] to practise self-control S.I,209 (pāṇesu ca saṁyamāmase, trslⁿ “if we can keep our hands off living things”). -- pp. saṁyata. -- Caus. saññāmeti to restrain M.I,365, 507; Dh.37, 380. Cp. paṭi°. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+yamati), 抑制，练习克己(to practise self-control S I.209 (pāṇesu ca saṁyamāmase, “if we can keep our hands off living things”). pp. saṁyata. Caus. saññāmeti to restrain. Cp. paṭisaṁyamati.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁyameti: {'def': '(saṁ+yam+e), 抑制，练习克己。【过】saṁyamesi。【过分】saṁyamita。【现分】saṁyamenta。【独】saṁyametvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁyata: {'def': '(& saññata) [pp. of saṁyamati] lit. drawn together; fig. restrained, self-controlled D.II,88; S.I,79; Sn.88, 156, 716; J.I,188; Vv 34¹¹; Miln.213.

--atta having one’s self restrained, self-controlled S.I,14 (for saya°); Sn.216, 284 (ññ), 723; Pv.II,6¹⁴ (ññ;=saññata-citta PvA.98). --ūru having the thighs pressed together, having firm thighs J.V,89, 107 (ññ). 155 (ññ). --cārin living in self-control Dh.104 (ññ). --pakhuma having the eyelashes close together VvA.162. Saṁyama (& saññama) [fr. saṁ+yam] 1. restraint, selfcontrol, abstinence S.I,21, 169; D.I,53; Vin.I,3; A.I,155 sq. (kāyena, vācāya, manasā); D.III,147; It.15 (ññ); Sn.264, 655; M.II,101 (sīla°); Dh.25 (saññama dama); DA.I,160; DhA.II,255 (=catu-pārisuddhi-sīla); VbhA.332. -- 2. restraint in giving alms saving (of money etc.), stinginess Vin.I,272; Pv.II,7¹¹ (=saṅkoca PvA.102). (Page 655)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(& saññata)(pp. of saṁyamati),【形】抑制，自制(克制自己)。saṁyata,【形】抑制心意的。Saṁyatacārī,【形】自制而住的。佛陀对比丘的期许则是︰《法句经》(Dh.v.362)︰「手已完全调御(saṁyato)，脚已完全调御，及言语已完全调御，最高的(心)已完全调御，内在得乐(ajjhattarato)、已定(samāhito)、孤独(eko)、完全满足(santusito)名比丘。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁyoga: {'def': '【阳】束缚，联盟，协会，脚镣，母音复合。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. saṁ+yuj] 1. bond, fetter M.I,498; S.I,226; III,70; IV,36; A.IV,280=Vin.II,259 (opp. vi°); Sn.522, 733; Dh.384 (=kāmayog’ādayo saṁyogā DhA.IV,140). -- 2. union, association J.III,12 (ññ); Vism.495. ‹-› 3. connection (within the sentence), construction PvA.73 (accanta°), 135 (id.). (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyojana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṁyuñjati] bond, fetter S.IV,163 etc.; especially the fetters that bind man to the wheel of transmigration Vin.I,183; S.I,23; V,241, 251; A.I,264; III,443; IV,7 sq. (diṭṭhi°); M.I,483; Dh.370; It.8 (taṇhā); Sn.62, 74, 621; J.I,275; II,22; Nett 49; DhA.III,298; IV,49.

The ten fetters are (1) sakkāyadiṭṭhi; (2) vicikicchā; (3) sīlabbataparāmāso; (4) kāmacchando; (5) vyāpādo; (6) rūparāgo; (7) arūparāgo; (8) māno; (9) uddhaccaṁ; (10) avijjā. The first three are the tīṇi saṁyojanāni ‹-› e. g. M.I,9; A.I,231, 233; D.I,156; II,92 sq., 252; III,107, 132, 216; S.V,357, 376, 406; Pug.12, 15; Nett 14; Dhs.1002; DA.I,312. The seven last are the satta saṁyojanāni, Nett. 14. The first five are called orambhāgiyāni -- e. g. A.I,232 sq.; II,5, 133; V,17; D.I,156; II,92, 252; M.I,432; S.V,61, 69; Th.2, 165; Pug.17. The last five are called uddhambhāgiyāni ‹-› e. g. A.V,17; S.V,61, 69; Th.2, 167; ThA.159; Pug.22; Nett 14, 49.

A different enumeration of the ten saṁyojanas, at Nd² 657=Dhs.1113, 1463 (kāmarāga, paṭigha, māna, diṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāsa, bhavarāga, issā, macchariya, avijjā); compare, however, Dhs.1002.

A diff. enumⁿ of seven saṁyojanas at D.III,254 & A.IV,7, viz. anunaya°, paṭigha°, diṭṭhi°, vicikicchā°, māna°, bhavarāga°, avijjā°. A list of eight is found at M.I,361 sq. Cp. also ajjhatta-saṁyojano & bahiddhāsaṁyojano puggalo A.I,63 sq.; Pug.22; kiṁ--su-s° S.I,39= Sn.1108. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Saññojana)结, 缚, 使;结缚;系缚;束缚1. [sakkāya-diṭṭi (有)身见], 2. (vicikicchā疑),3.(sīlabbata-parāmasa 戒禁取);4. (kāma-rāga=kāmacchamdo 欲贪),5. (vyāpāda 瞋恚); 6. (rūpa-rāga 色贪),7. (arūpa-rāga 无色贪), 8. (māna 慢),9. (uddhacca 掉举)10. (avijjā 无明).[PS: (1) -- (3) 三结 tiṇi saṁyojanāni; (1) -- (10) 十结 dasa saṁyojanāni]', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '(fr. saṁyuñjati),【中】结，连接，束缚，桎梏(bond, fetter S.IV,163 etc.; especially the fetters that bind man to the wheel of transmigration)。saṁyojaniya,【形】对桎梏有用的。D.33./III,216.：Tīṇi saṁyojanāni--sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso(三结：有身见(personality-belief)、疑(sceptical doubt)、戒禁取(clinging to mere rules and ritual))。Sn.(1108-9；CS:1114-5)：“Kiṁsu saṁyojano loko, kiṁsu tassa vicāraṇaṁ. Kissassa vippahānena, nibbānaṁ iti vuccati”(什么是世界的束缚？怎样考察它？抛弃什么，才是人们所说的涅盘？)“Nandisaṁyojano loko, vitakkassa vicāraṇaṁ; Taṇhāya vippahānena, nibbānaṁ iti vuccati”.(欢喜是世界的束缚，通过思想考察它，抛弃贪爱便是人们所说的涅盘。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁyojaniya: {'def': '(saññ°) (adj.) [fr. saṁyojana] connected with the saṁyojanas, favourable to the saṁyojanas, A.I,50; S.II,86; III,166 sq.; IV,89, 107; Dhs.584, 1125, 1462; DhsA.49. Used as a noun, with dhammā understood, Sn.363, 375. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyojeti: {'def': '(saṁ+yuj连接+e), 参加，结合，绑。【过】saṁyojesi。【过分】saṁyojita。【现分】saṁyojenta,【独】saṁyojetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁyojita: {'def': '[pp. of saṁyojeti, Caus. of saṁyuñjati] combined, connected with, mixed with J.I,269 (bhesajja°). (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyuga: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṁ+yuj] harness Th.1, 659. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyujjati: {'def': '(saṁ+yuj连接+ya), 被联合，被连接。【过】saṁyujji。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṁyuta: {'def': 'Saṁyutta (Saṁyujjati的【过分】),已连接，已联合，已绑在一起。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+yuta, of yu] connected, combined Sn.574 (ññ), 1026. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyutta: {'def': '[pp. of saṁyuñjati] 1. tied, bound, fettered M.III,275 (cammena); S.IV,163; A.IV,216 (saṁyojanena s. by bonds to this world); Sn.194 (ññ), 300, 304; It.8; Sdhp.211. -- 2. connected with, mixed with (-°) J.I,269 (visa°). -- Cp. paṭi°, vi°. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyuñjati: {'def': '[saṁ+yuñjati] to connect, join with (Instr.), unite S.I,72. Pass. saṁyujjati S.III,70. -- pp. saṁyutta. -- Caus. saṁyojeti (1) to put together, to endow with D.II,355; S.V,354; J.I,277. -- (2) to couple, to wed someone to (Instr.) J.III,512 (dārena); IV,7 (id.). -- pp. saṁyojita. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyācikā: {'def': '(f.) [collect. abstr. fr. saṁ+yāc] begging, what is begged; only in Instr. °āya (adv.) by begging together, by collecting voluntary offerings Vin.III,144 (so read for °āyo), 149 (expl^d incorrectly as “sayaṁ yācitvā”); J.II,282 (so read for °āyo). (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyūhati: {'def': '(saṁ+ūh+a), 形成一块，形成一团，形成一堆。【过】saṁyūḷhi。【过分】saṁyūḷha。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+vyūhati] to form into a mass, to ball together, to conglomerate A.IV,137 (kheḷapiṇḍaṁ). ‹-› pp. saṁyūḷha. (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁyūḷha: {'def': '[pp. of saṁyūhati, cp. in similar meaning viyūḷha] massed, collected, put together, composed or gathered (like a bunch of flowers D.II,267 (gāthā); M.I,386; DA.I,38 (spelt saṁvūḷha, i. e. saṁvyūḷha; v. l. sañaḷha, i. e. sannaddha). (Page 656)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṁ°: {'def': '(indecl.) [prefix; Idg. *sem one; one & the same, cp. Gr. o(malόs even, a(/ma at one, o(mόs together; Sk. sama even, the same; samā in the same way; Av. hama same=Goth. sama, samap together; Lat. simul (=simultaneous), similis “re-sembling.” Also Sk. sa (=sa²) together=Gr. a(-- a)-- (e. g. a)/koitis); Av. ha-; and samyak towards one point=P. sammā. -- Analogously to Lat. semel “once,” simul, we find sa° as numeral base for “one” in Vedic sakṛt “once”=P. sakid (& sakad), sahasra 1000=P. sahassa, and in adv. sadā “always,” lit. “in one”] prefix, implying conjunction & completeness. saṁ° is after vi° (19%) the most frequent (16%) of all Pāli prefixes. Its primary meaning is “together” (cp. Lat. con°); hence arises that of a closer connection or a more accentuated action than that expressed by the simple verb (intensifying=thoroughly, quite), or noun. Very often merely pleonastic, esp. in combⁿ with other prefixes (e. g. sam-anu°, sam-ā°, sam-pa°). In meaning of “near by, together” it is opposed to para°; as modifying prefix it is contrary to abhi° and (more frequently) to vi° (e. g. saṁvadati› vivadati), whereas it often equals pa° (e. g. pamodati› sammodati), with which it is often comb^d as sampa°; and also abhi° (e. g. abhivaḍḍhati›saṁvaḍḍhati), with which often comb^d as abhisaṁ°. -- Bdhgh & Dhpāla explain saṁ° by sammā (SnA 151; KhA 209: so read for samā āgatā), suṭṭhu (see e. g. santasita, santusita), or samantā (=altogether; SnA 152, 154), or (dogmatically) sakena santena samena (KhA 240), or as “saṁyoga” Vism.495. -- In combⁿ with y we find both saṁy° and saññ°. The usual conṭracted form before r is sā°. (Page 655)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṃgha: {'def': '(lit.: congregation), is the name for the Community of Buddhist monks. As the third of the Three Gems or Jewels (ti-ratana, q.v.) and the Three Refuges (ti-saraṇa, q.v.), i.e. Buddha, Dhamma and Saṃgha, it applies to the ariya-saṃgha, the community of the saints, i.e. the 4 Noble Ones (ariya-pugga, q.v.), the Stream-winner, etc.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Saṃvega: {'def': '(修行上的)迫切感〔，出离心〕。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Saṃyutta-bhāṇaka: {'def': 'm. 相応部誦者, 相応部師.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Saṃyutta-nikāya: {'def': 'm. 相応部, 相応尼柯耶 [五尼柯耶の一, =Saṃyuttāgama] , 相応阿含, 雑阿含.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Saṃyuttanikāya: {'def': '《相应部》。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Saṃyuttaṭṭhakathā: {'def': 'f. 相応部義疏(註釈) SA.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Saṅga: {'def': '(fr. sañj: see sajjati1),【阳】附著，执著(cleaving, clinging, attachment, bond；the five saṅgas are rāga, dosa, moha, māna, and diṭṭhi, Thag. 633=Dhp. 370; DhA.IV,187; seven saṅgas, It. 94; Nd1 91, 432; Nd2 620.)。saṅgamupaccagā(saṅga+m+upaccagā)﹐【三.单.过完】超越执著。\xa0\xa0saṅgātiga, 超越执著(one who has overcome attachment, free from attachment, an Arahant)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. sañj: see sajjati¹] cleaving, clinging, attachment, bond S.I,25, 117 sq.; A.III,311; IV,289; Dh.170, 342, etc.; Sn.61, 212, 386, 390, 475, etc.; Dhs.1059; DhsA.363; J.III,201; the five saṅgas are rāga, dosa, moha, māna, and diṭṭhi, Thag. 633=Dhp. 370; DhA.IV,187; seven saṅgas, It. 94; Nd¹ 91, 432; Nd² 620. --âtiga one who has overcome attachment, free from attachment, an Arahant M.I,386; S.I,3, 23; IV,158= It.58; Sn.250, 473, 621; DhA.IV,159. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】附着，执着。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅgacchati: {'def': '(saŋ + gam + a), 偶遇，集合。【过】 ~cchi。【过分】 saṅgata。【独】 saṅgantva。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+gacchati] to come together, to meet with; ger. °gamma It.123; & °gantvā Sn.290. -- pp. saṅgata. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+gam去+a), 偶遇，集合(to come together, to meet with)。【过】saṅgacchi。【过分】saṅgata。【独】saṅgantvā, saṅgamma。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgaha: {'def': '¹ [fr. saṁ+grah] 1. collecting, gathering, accumulation Vin.I,253; Mhvs 35, 28. -- 2. comprising, collection, inclusion, classification Kvu 335 sq. (°kathā), cp. Kvu. trslⁿ 388 sq.; Vism.191, 368 (eka°); °ṁ gacchati to be comprised, included, or classified SnA 7, 24, 291. -- 3. inclusion, i. e. constitution of consciousness, phase Miln.40. -- 4. recension, collection of the Scriptures Mhvs 4, 61; 5, 95; 38, 44; DA.I,131. -- 5. (appl^d) kind disposition, kindliness, sympathy, friendliness, help, assistance, protection, favour D.III,245; Sn.262, 263; A.I,92; J.I,86 sq.; III,471; VI,574; DA.I,318; VvA.63, 64; PvA.196 (°ṁ karoti). The 4 saṅgaha-vatthūni or objects (characteristics) of sympathy are: dāna, peyyavajja, atthacariyā, samānattatā, or liberality, kindly speech, a life of usefulness (Rh. D. at Dial. III,145: sagacious conduct; 223: justice), impartiality (? better as state of equality, i. e. sensus communis or feeling of common good). The BSk. equivalents (as saṅgrahavastūni) are dāna, priyavākya, tathārthacaryā, samānasukha-duḥkatā MVastu I.3; and d., p., arthakriyā, samānārthatā (=samāna+artha+tā) Lal. Vist. 30. Cp. Divy 95, 124, 264. The P. refs. are D.III,152, 232; A.II,32, 248; IV,219, 364; J.V,330; SnA 236, 240. See also Kern, Toev. II.67 s. v. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² (nt.) [fr. saṁ+grah] restraining, hindrance, bond It.73 (both reading & meaning very doubtful). (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 处理。 2. 编辑，收集。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '2(fr. saṁ+ gah(grah)拿),【中】抑制、障碍(restraining, hindrance, bond)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '1(fr. saṁ+ gah(梵grah)拿),【阳】1.收集、堆积(collecting, gathering, accumulation)。2.编辑、分类(comprising, collection, inclusion, classification; saṅgahaṁ gacchati-- to be comprised, included, or classified )。3.包括(inclusion)。4.精审后的修订(本)、经典集录(recension, collection of the Scriptures)。cattārimāni saṅgahavatthūni, 四摄事、四事摄、四摄法，为摄受众生，令其起亲爱心而引入佛道的四种方法。(一)布施(dānaṁ n.)，有财施与法施二种。(二)爱语(peyyavajjaṁ n.)，以善言慰谕。(三)利行(atthacariyā, f.做好事；DA.30./III,928：Atthacariyāyāti atthasaṁvaḍḍhanakathāya.为培养利益，为成长利益)，行身口意善行利益众生。(四)同事(samānattatā, f.；DA.30./III,928：Samānattatāyāti samānasukhadukkhabhāvena.(同事：同甘共苦。他译：同利、等利。)，亲近众生同甘共苦。Saṅgahavatthūnīti saṅgahakāraṇāni.(摄事：收集的原因。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgahaṇa: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅgaṇhāti] firm, well-supported J.V,484. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. saṅgaṇhāti),【形】善待，收集，编译(firm, well-supported J.V.484.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgahita: {'def': '(saṅgaṇhāti 的【过分】)。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Saṅgahīta,(saṅgaṇhāti 的【过分】) 1.已编辑、已包括(comprised, included Miln.40 (ekasaṅgahita)。2.已收集(collected)。3.已分组(grouped )。4.已抑制(restrained Sn.388 (saṅgahitattabhāva); SnA 291 (saṅgahitatta))。5.已善待(kindly disposed Vv 116=Pv IV.160 (saṅgahitattabhāva=paresaṁ saṅgaṇha-sīla VvA.59, i. e. of sympathetic nature)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(& °gahīta) [pp. of saṅgaṇhāti] 1. comprised, included Miln.40 (eka°); PvA.80. -- 2. collected Mhvs 10, 24. -- 3. grouped Kvu 335 sq. -- 4. restrained Sn.388 (°attabhāva); SnA 291 (°atta). -- 5. kindly disposed Vv 11⁶=Pv IV.1⁶⁰ (°attabhāva=paresaṁ saṅgaṇha-sīla VvA.59, i. e. of sympathetic nature). (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgama: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+gam] 1. meeting, intercourse, association Sn.681; J.II,42; III,488; V,483. -- 2. sexual intercourse M.I,407; J.IV,106. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. saṁ+gam), 1.会遇、结合(meeting, association)。2.性交(intercourse, sexual intercourse)。saṅgāmavijaya,【阳】聚集胜利。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgara: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+gṛ¹ to sing, proclaim, cp. gāyati & gīta] 1. a promise, agreement J.IV,105, 111, 473; V,25, 479; saṅgaraṁ karoti to make a compact Vin.I,247; J.IV,105; V,479. -- 2. (also nt.) a fight M.III,187=Nett 149; S.V,109. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. saṁ+ gā (梵gr1)唱, 声明, cp. gāyati & gīta),1.承诺(sin5 lok8或seng5 lok8)(a promise, agreement)。2. (also nt.)战(a fight)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgata: {'def': '[pp. of saṅgacchati] 1. come together, met Sn.807, 1102 (=samāgata samohita sannipātita Nd² 621); nt. saṅgataṁ association Dh.207. -- 2. compact, tightly fastened or closed, well-joined Vv 64² (=nibbivara VvA.275). (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgati: {'def': '(f.) [fr. saṅgacchati] 1. meeting, intercourse J.IV,98; V,78, 483. In defⁿ of yajati (=service?) at Dhtp 62 & Dhtm 79. -- 2. union, combination M.I,111; S.II,72; IV,32 sq., 68 sq.; Vbh.138 (=VbhA.188). ‹-› 3. accidental occurrence D.I,53; DA.I,161. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】结交。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹sangacchati),【阴】1.前来相聚於，集会，交合(meeting, intercourse)。2.结交，台语：交陪( union, combination)。3.偶遇(accidental occurrence)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgatika: {'def': '[adj.] kalyāṇa°, pāpa°, united with, M.II,222, 227. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgaṇa: {'def': '(adj.) [sa+aṅgaṇa] sinful Sn.279. Cp. sāṅgaṇa. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sa+aṅgaṇa),【形】有罪的(sinful Sn.279. cp. Sāṅgaṇa)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgaṇha: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṁ+grah] showing kindness, helping VvA.59 (°sīla). (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgaṇhāti: {'def': '(saŋ + gah + ṇhā), 善待，编译，收集。【过】 ~gaṇhi。【现分】~gaṇhanta。【独】 ~gahetva, ~gaṇhitvā, saṅgayha。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Saṅgayhati, (saṁ+gah拿+ṇhā), 善待，收集，编译。【过】saṅgaṇhi。【现分】saṅgaṇhanta。【独】saṅgahetvā, saṅgaṇhitvā, saṅgayha。aor. saṅgahesi; fut. saṅgahissati; grd. saṅgahetabba, saṅgahitabba; ppr. pass. saṅgayhamāna. pp. saṅgahita. caus.II. saṅgaṇhāpeti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+gaṇhāti] 1. to comprise PvA.80, 117; SnA 200 (ger. °gahetvā), 347 (°gaṇhitvā). -- 2. to collect Mhvs 10, 24. -- 3. to contain, include Miln.40. -- 4. to compile, abridge Mhvs 37, 244. -- 5. to take up; to treat kindly, sympathize with, favour, help, protect Vin.I,50; J.II,6; IV,132; V,426 (aor. °gaṇhi), 438 (to favour with one’s love), 510; Miln.234; KhA 160. ‹-› aor. saṅgahesi Mhvs 38, 31; fut. °gahissati J.VI,392; ger. °gahetvā Mhvs 37, 244; grd. °gahetabba Vin.I,50; ppr. Pass. °gayhamāna DhsA.18. -- pp. saṅgahita. ‹-› Caus. II. saṅgaṇhāpeti: see pari° (e. g. J.VI,328). (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgaṇikā: {'def': '【阴】沟通、社交、社会(communication, association, society)。saṅgaṇikārama, saṅgaṇikārata,【形】喜欢的，很喜欢交际的。saṅgaṇikārāmatā,【阴】很喜欢有陪伴。saṅgaṇikavihāra, 住在社会。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [saṁ+gaṇa+ikā, cp. BSk. saṅgaṇikā MVastu II.355; Divy 464] communication, association, society Vin.I,45; A.III,256; J.I,106.

--ārāma delighting in society D.II,78; M.III,110; VbhA.474. --ārāmatā delight in company D.II,78; M.III,110; A.III,116, 293 sq., 310, 422. --rata fond of society D.II,78; Sn.54; cp. saṅgaṇike rata Th.1, 84. --vihāra (saṅgaṇika°) living in society A.III,104; IV,342. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】社会。 ~rama, ~rata, 【形】喜欢的，很喜欢交际的。 ~rāmata,【阴】很喜欢有陪伴。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅgha: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+hṛ; lit. “comprising.” The quâsi pop. etym. at VvA.233 is “diṭṭhi-sīla-sāmaññena saṅghāṭabhāvena saṅgha”] 1. multitude, assemblage Miln.403 (kāka°); J.I,52 (sakuṇa°); Sn.589 (ñāti°); 680 (deva°); D.III,23 (miga°); Vv 5⁵ (accharā°=samūha VvA.37). bhikkhu° an assembly of Buddhist priests A.I,56, etc.; D.I,1, etc.; S.I,236; Sum I.230, 280; Vin.I,16; II,147; bhikkhunī° an assembly of nuns S.V,360; Vin.I,140; sāvaka° an assembly of disciples A.I,208; D.II,93; S.I,220; PvA.195, etc.; samaṇa° an assembly of ascetics Sn.550. -- 2. the Order, the priesthood, the clergy, the Buddhist church A.I,68, 123, etc.; D.I,2, etc.; III,102, 126, 193, 246; S.IV,270 sq.; Sn.227, etc.; J.II,147, etc.; Dhs.1004; It.11, 12, 88; Vin.I,102, 326; II,164, etc. ‹-› 3. a larger assemblage, a community A.II,55=Sv.400; M.I,231 (cp. gaṇa). -- On the formula Buddha, Dhamma, Sṅngha see dhamma C 2.

--ânussati meditation on the Order (a kammaṭṭhāna) D.III,250, 280; A.I,30; J.I,97. --ārāma a residence for members of the Order J.I,94; VbhA.13. --kamma an act or ceremony performed by a chapter of bhikkhus assembled in solemn conclave Vin.I,123 (cp. I.53, 143 & explⁿ at S.B.E. XXII.7); III,38 sq.; J.I,341. --gata gone into the saṅgha, joining the community M.I,469. --thera senior of the congregation Vin.II,212, 303. --bhatta food given to the community of bhikkhus Vin.I,58; II,109, 212. --bhinna schismatic Vin.V,216. --bheda causing dissension among the Order Vin.I,150; II,180 sq.; A.II,239 sq.; It.11; Tikp 167, 171; J.VI,129; VbhA.425 sq. --bhedaka causing dissension or divisions, schismatic Vin.I,89, 136, 168; It.11. --māmaka devoted to the Saṅgha DhA.I,206. --rāji [=rāji²] dissension in the Order Vin.I,339; II,203=VbhA.428; Vin.IV,37. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '僧伽;僧团;和合众', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '【阳】群众，与会者（集合称），佛教僧团。 ~kamma, 【中】僧羯磨，僧团会议。 ~gata, 【形】加入僧团的。 ~tthera, 【阳】僧团长老。~bhatta, 【中】僧团的施食。 ~bheda, 【阳】僧团的分裂。 ~bhedaka,【阳】引起僧团分裂的人。 ~māmaka, 【形】信奉僧团的。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '佛教僧团。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}; {'def': '【阳】群衆，与会者(集合称)，佛教僧团。saṅghakamma,【中】僧羯磨，僧团会议。saṅghagata,【形】加入僧团的。saṅghatthera,【阳】僧团长老。saṅghabhatta,【中】僧团的施食。saṅghabheda,【阳】破僧，分裂僧团。saṅghabhedaka,【阳】引起僧团分裂的人。saṅghamāmaka,【形】信奉僧团的。saṅghānussati﹐僧随念，随念僧。AA.3.94-96./CS:p.2.224.︰āhuneyyoti āhutisaṅkhātaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahetuṁ yutto.(值得供养：(值得)接受供奉、团食。)Pāhuneyyoti pāhunakabhattassa anucchaviko.(值得款待：(值得最先)款待食物的适当。)Dakkhiṇeyyoti dasavidhadānavatthupariccāgavasena saddhādānasaṅkhātāya dakkhiṇāya anucchaviko.(值得奉施：於十种遍施中，值得有信财为条件的奉施的适当。)Añjalikaraṇīyoti añjalipaggahaṇassa anucchaviko.(值得合掌礼敬：(值得)举手合掌的适当。)Anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti sabbalokassa asadisaṁ puññaviruhanaṭṭhānaṁ.(在世间无上的福田：一切世间的无比的生长福之处。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghabheda: {'def': '【阳】破僧，分裂僧团。Pārā.III,171.︰(1)yāvajīvaṁ āraññikā assu; yo gāmantaṁ osareyya, vajjaṁ naṁ phuseyya. (2)Yāvajīvaṁ piṇḍapātikā assu; yo nimantanaṁ sādiyeyya, vajjaṁ naṁ phuseyya. (3)Yāvajīvaṁ paṁsukūlikā assu; yo gahapaticīvaraṁ sādiyeyya, vajjaṁ naṁ phuseyya. (4)Yāvajīvaṁ rukkhamūlikā assu; yo channaṁ upagaccheyya, vajjaṁ naṁ phuseyya. (5)Yāvajīvaṁ macchamaṁsaṁ na khādeyyuṁ; yo macchamaṁsaṁ khādeyya, vajjaṁ naṁ phuseyyā’ti.((提婆达多以五事破僧︰) (1)(比丘)应该尽形寿住旷野(阿兰若)，若到村落就犯罪。(2)应该尽形寿乞食，若受邀请食就犯罪。(3)应该尽形寿著粪扫衣，若受居士衣就犯罪。(4)应该尽形寿树下住，若住屋就犯罪。(2)应该尽形寿不吃鱼肉，若吃鱼肉就犯罪。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghabhedakkhandaka: {'def': '破僧犍度', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Saṅghamittā: {'def': '（比库尼名）桑喀蜜妲，（古音译：）僧伽蜜多', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': 'f. サンガミｯター, 僧伽蜜多 [スリランカに尼僧伽を伝えた人]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Saṅghara: {'def': '=saghara [sa⁴+ghara] one’s own house J.V,222. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgharati: {'def': '[=saṁharati] 1. to bring together, collect, accumulate J.III,261; IV,36 (dhanaṁ), 371; V,383. ‹-› 2. to crush, to pound J.I,493. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgharaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [=saṁharaṇa] accumulation J.III,319 (dhana°). (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghaṁsati: {'def': '[saṁ+ghaṁsati] to rub together, to rub against Vin.II,315 (Bdhgh). (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghaṭeti: {'def': '(saŋ + ghaṭ + e), 连接。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~ṭita。【独】 ~ṭetvā。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+ghaṭ +e), 连接。【过】saṅghaṭesi。【过分】saṅghaṭita。【独】saṅghaṭetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghaṭita: {'def': '[saṁ+ghaṭita, for °ghaṭṭita, pp. of ghaṭṭeti] 1. struck, sounded, resounding with (-°) J.V,9 (v. l. ṭṭ); Miln.2. -- 2. pierced together, pegged together, constructed Miln.161 (nāvā nānā-dāru°). (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghaṭṭa: {'def': '² (?) bangle Sn.48 (°yanta): thus Nd² reading for °māna (ppr. med. of saṅghaṭṭeti). (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [fr. saṁ+ghaṭṭ] knocking against, offending, provoking, making angry J.VI,295. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghaṭṭana: {'def': '(‹sanghaṭṭeti),【中】Saṅghaṭṭanā,【阴】密切的接触，互相撞击(rubbing or striking together, close contact, impact)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. saṅghaṭṭeti] 1. rubbing or striking together, close contact, impact S.IV,215; V,212; J.VI,65; Vism.112; DA.I,256 (aṅguli°). ‹-› 2. bracelet (?) SnA 96 (on Sn.48). (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】密切的接触，互相撞击。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅghaṭṭeti: {'def': '(saŋ + ghaṭṭ + e), 撞击，以嘲弄来激怒。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~ṭṭita。【独】 ~ṭetvā。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+ghaṭṭeti] 1. to knock against Vin.II,208. -- 2. to sound, to ring Mhvs 21, 29 (°aghaṭṭayi). -- 3 to knock together, to rub against each other J.IV,98 (aṁsena aṁsaṁ samaghaṭṭayimha); Dāvs III,87. -- 4. to provoke by scoffing, to make angry J.VI,295 (paraṁ asaṅghaṭṭento, C. on asaṅghaṭṭa); VvA.139 (pres. pass. °ghaṭṭiyati). -- pp. saṅghaṭ(ṭ)ita. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+ghaṭṭ +e), 撞击(to knock against)，以嘲弄来激怒(to provoke by scoffing)。【过】saṅghaṭṭesi。【过分】saṅghaṭṭita。【独】saṅghaṭṭetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅgha] belonging to, or connected with the Order Vin.I,250. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】僧团的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】僧团的。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅghin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅgha] having a crowd (of followers), the head of an order D.I,47, 116; S.I,68; Miln.4; DA.I,143. --saṅghâsaṅghī (pl.) in crowds, with crowds (redupl. cpd.!), with gaṇi-bhūtā “crowd upon crowd” at D.I,112, 128; II,317; DA.I,280. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghuṭṭha: {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+ghuṭṭha] 1. resounding (with) J.VI,60, 277 (turiya-tāḷita°); Mhvs 15, 196; 29, 25 (turiya°); Sdhp.298. -- 2. proclaimed, announced PvA.73. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅghoseti 的【过分】), 已回响，已声明。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṅghoseti 的【过分】), 已回响，已声明。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghādisesa: {'def': '[unexplained as regards etym.; Geiger, P.Gr. § 38³, after S. Lévi,= saṅgh’âtisesa; but atisesa does not occur in Pāli] requiring suspension from the Order; a class of offences which can be decided only by a formal saṅgha-kamma Vin.II,38 sq.; III,112, 186; IV,110 sq., 225 (where explained); A.II,242; Vism.22; DhA.III,5. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅgha+ādi+sesa(僧伽－最初－最后))﹐僧残。僧残属於比丘或比丘尼违犯的粗恶罪(重罪之一)。如果比丘犯了四驱摈罪(波罗夷)，就会被逐出僧团，不能和僧众共住，不再被承认为比丘或比丘尼；但是犯了这十三个僧残戒的话，还是可以留在僧团中。也就是说，由最初(ādi)的举罪到最后(sesa)的出罪(由二十位以上的比丘决定)。而且相对於驱摈罪，犯了这十三条戒的比丘还可以「残留」在僧团中，因此汉译「僧残」，保留了「残留在僧团中」之意。梵文的atisesa还保留「残余」的意思，巴利文的ādisesa可能是由atisesa转化而来，但是已失去「残留」之意。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghāta: {'def': '众合地狱。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': 'Saṅghātaka: m. [BSk.〃] 衆合 [八大地獄の一]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': '(saṁ+ghāta‹han杀),【阳】1.撞击，谋杀(striking, killing, murder)。2. 互相撞击( knocking together)，弹指((cp. saṅghaṭṭeti), snapping of the fingers (accharasaṅghāta))。3.积聚(accumulation, aggregate, multitude)。4.众合地狱(八大地狱之一)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+ghāta] 1. striking, killing, murder Vin.I,137; D.I,141; II,354; M.I,78; A.II,42 sq. -- 2. knocking together (cp. saṅghaṭṭeti), snapping of the fingers (acchara°) A.I,34, 38; J.VI,64. -- 3. accumulation, aggregate, multitude PvA.206 (aṭṭhi° mass of bones, for the usual °saṅghāṭa); Nett 28. -- 4. N. of one of the 8 principle purgatories J.V,266, 270. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Saṅghātaka m. [BSk.〃] 衆合 [八大地獄の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【阳】互相撞击，捻拇指，积聚。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅghātaka: {'def': 'Saṅghāta: m. [BSk.〃] 衆合 [八大地獄の一]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Saṅghātanika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅghāta or saṅghāṭa] holding or binding together M.I,322 (+agga-saṅgāhika); A.III,10 (id.); Vin.I,70 (“the decisive moment” Vin. Texts I.190). (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghāṇi: {'def': '(f.) a loin-cloth Vin.IV,339 sq. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】腰布(a loin-cloth Vin.IV,339 sq.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghāṭa: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+ghaṭeti, lit. “binding together”; on etym. see Kern, Toev. II.68] 1. a raft J.II,20, 332 (nāvā°); III,362 (id.), 371. Miln.376. dāru° (=nāvā°) J.V,194, 195. -- 2. junction, union VvA.233. -- 3. collection, aggregate J.IV,15 (upāhana°); Th.1, 519 (papañca°). Freq. as aṭṭhi° (cp. saṅkhalā etc.) a string of bones, i. e. a skeleton Th.1, 570; DhA.III,112; J.V,256. -- 4. a weft, tangle, mass (almost=“robe,” i. e. saṅghāṭī), in taṇhā°-paṭimukka M.I,271; vāda°-paṭimukka M.I,383 (Neumann “defeat”); diṭṭhi°-paṭimukka Miln.390. ‹-› 5. a post, in piṭṭha° door-post, lintel Vin.II,120. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+ghaṭeti连接),【阳】连接，联盟，筏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】连接，联盟，筏。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅghāṭi: {'def': '【阴】僧伽梨，重衣，大衣。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】僧伽梨、重ㄔㄨㄥˊ衣、大衣(出家众的三衣之一)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅghāṭika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅghāṭī] wearing a saṅghāṭī M.I,281. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghāṭī: {'def': '(f.) [fr. saṅghaṭeti; cp. BSk. saṅghāṭī Divy 154, 159, 494] one of the three robes of a Buddhist Vin.I,46, 289; II,78, 135, 213; D.I,70; II,65; M.I,281; II,45; S.I,175; A.II,104, 106 sq., 210; IV,169 sq.; V,123; Pv IV.1⁴⁶; VbhA.359 (°cīvara); PvA.43.

--cāra wandering about in a saṅghāṭī, having deposited the cīvara Vin.IV,281. --vāsin dressed in a s. Sn.456. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅghī: {'def': '【形】有很多从者的。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】有很多从者的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅgopeti: {'def': '(saṁ+gup保护+e), 保护得好。【过分】saṅgpita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+gopeti] to guard; to keep, preserve; to hold on to (Acc.) J.IV,351 (dhanaṁ). (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saŋ + gup + e), 保护得好。【过分】 ~pita。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅguḷikā: {'def': '(f.) [either=Sk. śaṣkulikā, cp, sakkhali 2, or fr. saguḷa=saṅguḷa] a cake Vin.II,17; DhA.II,75; cp. saṅkulikā A.III,78. (Page 667)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgāha: {'def': '(fr. saṁ+grah抓住),【阳】1.收集。2.包括。3.精密调查后的修订(本)(recension)。4.友善。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】收集。 ~ka, 【形】收集者，编译的，善待的，结合在一起的。【阳】战车的御者。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. saṁ+grah] 1. collecting, collection, Mhvs 10, 24. -- 2. restraining, self-restraint A.II,142. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgāhaka: {'def': '【形】收集者，编译的，善待的，结合在一起的。【阳】战车的御者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. saṅgāha] 1. compiling, collection, making a recension J.I,1; Miln.369; VvA.169 (dhamma°). -- 2. treating kindly, compassionate, kind (cp. saṅgaha 5) A.IV,90; J.I,203; III,262. -- 3. (m.) a charioteer D.II,268; J.I,203; II,257; IV,63. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgāhika: {'def': '(adj.) [=last] 1. comprising, including J.I,160; Vism.6; DA.I,94. -- 2. holding together M.I,322=A.III,10. -- 3. comprehensive, concise J.II,236. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgāma: {'def': '【阳】对抗，战争。 ~māvacara, 【形】经常出入战场的。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(fr. saṁ+*gam),【阳】对抗，战争(a fight, battle)。saṅgāmāvacara,【形】常在战场的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. saṁ+*gam: see grāma; lit. “collection”] a fight, battle D.I,46; II,285; M.I,86, 253; S.I,98; IV,308 sq.; A.I,106; II,116; III,94; Vin.I,6; It.75; Sn.440; Nd² 199; Pug.68; J.I,358; II,11; Miln.332; Vism.401. Cp. vijita°.

--âvacara whose sphere is the battle, quite at home on the battlefield J.II,94, 95; Vin.V,163 sq., 183 (here said fig. of the bhikkhu). --ji (saṅgāma-j-uttama) victorious in battle Dh.103 (cp. DhA.II,227=saṅgāma-sīsa-yodha). --bheri battle drum DhA.III,298; IV,25. --yodha a warrior J.I,358. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgāmeti: {'def': '(saṅgāma 的【派】), 对抗，冲突，打战。【过】saṅgāmesi。【过分】saṅgāmita。【独】saṅgāmetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(saṅgāma 的【派】), 对抗，冲突，打战。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~mita。【独】 ~metvā。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[denom. fr. saṅgāma; given as special root saṅgām° at Dhtp 605 with defⁿ “yuddha”] to fight, to come into conflict with Vin.II,195; III,108; It.75; J.II,11, 212. aor. °gāmesi J.V,417, 420 (C.=samāgami, cp. saṅgacchati). (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgāyati: {'def': '[saṁ+gāyati] to chant, proclaim (cp. saṅgara), to rehearse, to establish the text of the B. scriptures Vin.II,285; DA.I,25 (Buddha-vacanaṁ). -- pp. saṅgīta. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+gā(梵gr1)唱+ya),吟唱，背诵(to chant, proclaim (cp. saṅgara), to rehearse, to establish)。【过】saṅgāyi。【过分】saṅgīta。【独】saṅgāyitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(saŋ + gā + ya), 呤唱，背诵。【过】 ~gāyi。【过分】 saṅgīta。【独】~gāyitvā。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅgāyika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅgāyati] connected with the proclamation; dhamma°-therā the Elders gathered in the council for proclaiming the Doctrine J.V,56. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgīta: {'def': '(saṅgāyati 的【过分】), 已诵，已做声，已唱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of saṅgāyati] sung; uttered, proclaimed, established as the text Vin.II,290; J.I,1; DA.I,25 (of the Canon, said to have been rehearsed in seven months). -- (nt.) a song, chant, chorus D.II,138; J.VI,529. (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅgāyati 的【过分】), 已诵，已做声，已唱。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅgīti: {'def': '【阴】排练，（佛教经典的）结集。 ~kāraka, 【阳】结集的长老。(p312)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】排练，(佛教经典的)结集。saṅgītikāraka,【阳】结集的长老。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. saṁgāyati; BSk. saṅgīti Divy 61] 1. a song, chorus, music J.I,32 (dibba°); VI,528 (of birds). -- 2. proclamation (cp. saṅgara), rehearsal, general convocation of the Buddhist clergy in order to settle questions of doctrine and to fix the text of the Scriptures. The first Council is alleged to have been held at Rājagaha, Vin.II,284 sq.; Dpvs.IV,; Mhvs III,; DA.I,2 sq.; SnA 67, 483. The second Council at Vesāli Vin.II,294 sq.; Dpvs.IV,27 sq.; Mhvs.IV,; the third at Pāṭaliputta, Dpvs VII.34 sq.; Mhvs.V,268 sq. A Council of heretics, the so-called Mahāsaṅgīti, is mentioned Dpvs.V,31 sq. ‹-› 3. text rehearsed, recension Vin.II,290; DA.I,17; Miln.175 (dhamma°); text, formula Vin.I,95; II,274, 278. On the question of the Councils see especially Franke J.P.T.S. 1908, 1 sq.

--kāra editor of a redaction of the Holy Scriptures SnA 42 sq., 292, 394, 413 sq., 504 and passim; PvA.49, 70, etc. --kāraka id J.I,345 --kāla the time of the redaction of the Pāli Canon, or of (one of them, probably the last) the Council Tikp 241; SnA 580; VvA.270. --pariyāya the discourse on the Holy Text D.III,271 (Rh. D. “scheme of chanting together”). (Page 666)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅgīti-suttanta: {'def': 'n. 等誦経=Saṅgīti-pariyāya 等誦法門, 衆集経.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Saṅjānana: {'def': '【中】承认，感知。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅka: {'def': 'saṅkāyanā, 【阴】疑惑，不确定。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkacchika: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṅkacchā] a part of clothing, belt, waist-cloth Vin.II,272; IV,345. The C. explⁿ is incorrect. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkacchikā: {'def': '(梵saṅkaksikā)﹐【阴】掩腋衣、僧祇支、僧却崎。《翻梵语》卷第三(T54.1005.1-2)︰「僧祇支，旧译曰偏袒。持律者曰︰助身衣。声论者云。正外国音。应言︰僧割侈。僧割︰翻为肩。侈︰翻为覆肩衣。总说无非助身衣。分别应以覆肩衣为正。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkacchā: {'def': '(f.) [saṁ+kacchā¹] part of a woman’s dress, bodice, girdle (?) J.V,96 (suvaṇṇa°). (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkalaha: {'def': '[saṁ+kalaha] inciting words, quarrel J.V,393. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkalana: {'def': '【中】附加，征收。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】附加，徵收。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṁ+kal to produce] addition DA.I,95; MA.I,2. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkama: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+kram] a passage, bridge M.I,439; Vin.III,127; J.III,373 (attānaṁ °ṁ katvā yo sotthiṁ samatārayi); Miln.91, 229. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkamana: {'def': '【中】通道，桥，越过，从一处到另一处的移动。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】通道，桥，越过，从一处到另一处的移动。ehi me tvaṁ bhikkhu paṅke saṅkamo hohi(来吧！汝为我(倒卧)污泥之上当作桥吧！)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṅkamati] lit. “going over,” i e. step; hence “bridge,” passage, path S.I,110; Vv 52²²; 77⁵; Pv.II,7⁸; II,9²⁵; J.VI,120 (papā°). Cp. upa°. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkamati: {'def': '(saŋ + kam + a), 经过，移动，移居。【过】 ~kami。【过分】saṅkanta。【独】 ~mitvā, saṅkamma。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+kamati] 1. to go on, to pass over to (Acc.), to join D.I,55 (ākāsaṁ indriyāni s.); Vin.I,54; II,138 (bhikkhū rukkhā rukkhaṁ s., climb fr. tree to tree); Kvu 565 sq. (jhānā jhānaṁ). -- 2. to transmigrate Miln.71 sq. (+paṭisandahati). -- grd. saṅkamanīya to be passed on or transferred Vin.I,190; cīvara° a dress that should be handed over, which does not belong to one Vin.IV,282. -- pp. saṅkanta. -- Caus. saṅkāmeti (1) to pass over, to cause to go, to move, to shift Vin.III,49, 58, 59. -- 2. to come in together (sensations to the heart) DhsA.264. -- Cp. upa°. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+kam(梵kram)超越+a), 经过，移动，移居(a passage, bridge)。【过】saṅkami。【过分】saṅkanta。【独】saṅkamitvā, saṅkamma。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkampati: {'def': '[saṁ+kampati] to tremble, shake Vin.I,12; D.II,12, 108; J.I,25. -- Caus. saṅkampeti id. D.II,108. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saŋ + kamp + a), 战栗，摇动。【过】 ~kampi。【过分】 ~pita。【独】 ~pitvā。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṅkaṁpati saṁ+kamp+a), 战栗，摇动。【过】saṅkampi。【过分】saṅkampita。【独】saṅkampitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkanta: {'def': '(saṅkamati 的【过分】) 经过，移动，移居。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(saṅkamati 的【过分】)。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of saṅkamati] gone together with (-°), gone over to, joined Vin.I,60; IV,217. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkantati: {'def': '[saṁ+kantati] to cut all round, M.III,275. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saŋ + kant + a), 四处剪。【过】 ~nti。【过分】 ~tita。【独】~titvā。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+kant+a),四处剪。【过】saṅkanti。【过分】saṅkantita。【独】saṅkantitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkanti: {'def': '(f.) [fr. saṅkamati] transition, passage Kvu 569; Vism.374 sq. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkantika: {'def': '[fr. saṅkanta] a school of thought (lit. gone over to a faction), a subdivision of the Sabbatthivādins S.V,14; Vism.374 sq.; Mhvs 5, 6; Dpvs 5, 48; Mhbv 97. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】从一处移到另一处的。saṅkatikaroga,【阳】传染病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】从一处移到另一处的。 ~roga, 【阳】传染病。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. Saṃkrāntika] 説転部 [部派].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Saṅkappa: {'def': '(saṁ+ kapp (梵kḷp) 使适应),【阳】思惟，意图，目的(thought, intention, purpose, plan。saṅkappa is defd at DhsA 124 as (cetaso) abhiniropanā, 心的固定)。kāmasaṅkappa,欲思。paripuṇṇasaṅkappa, 充满意图。sarasaṅkappa,记忆、希望。vyāpādasaṅkappa, 瞋思惟。vihiṁsasaṅkappa, 害思惟。sammāsaṅkappa,正思惟( right thoughts or intentions)。tayo kusala-saṅkappā三善思(three kinds of wholesome thought)︰nekkhamma-saṅkappo出离思(the thought of renunciation)，avyāpāda-saṅkappo无恚思(the thought of non-ill-will)，avihiṁsā-saṅkappo无害思(the thought of harmlessness)。Saṅkappeti (saṁ+kapp +e), 想，想像。【过】saṅkappesi。【过分】saṅkappita。【独】saṅkappetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】意图，目的。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+kḷp, cp. kappeti fig. meaning] thought, intention, purpose, plan D.III,215; S.II,143 sq.; A.I,281; II,36; Dh.74; Sn.154, 1144; Nd¹ 616 (=vitakka ñāṇa paññā buddhi); Dhs.21; DhA.II,78. As equivalent of vitakka also at D.III,215; A.IV,385; Dhs.7. --kāma° a lustful thought A.III,259; V,31. paripuṇṇa° having one’s intentions fulfilled M.I,192; III,276; D.III,42; A.V,92, 97 sq.; sara° memories & hopes M.I,453; S.IV,76; vyāpāda°, vihiṁsa°, malicious, cruel purposes, M.II,27 sq.; sammā° right thoughts or intentions, one of the aṅgas of the 8--fold Path (ariya-magga) Vin.I,10; D.II,312; A.III,140; VbhA.117. Saṅkappa is def^d at DhsA.124 as (cetaso) abhiniropanā, i. e. application of the mind. See on term also Cpd. 238. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkappeti: {'def': '(saŋ + kapp + e), 想，想像。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~pita。【独】~petvā。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Den. fr. saṅkappa] 1. to imagine; wish A.II,36; M.I,402; Pug.19. -- 2. to determine, to think about, strive after J.III,449 sq. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkara: {'def': '² (adj.) [cp. Sk. śaṅkara] blissful Mhbv 4 (sabba°). (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】充满喜悦的。【阳】混合。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ (fight, confusion) wrongly for saṅgara Nett 149, in quot. fr. M.III,187. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】充满喜悦的。【阳】混合。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkassa: {'def': '（城市名）桑咖沙，（古音译：）僧伽施，僧迦尸，僧柯奢', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. Sāṅkāśya] 僧迦尸, 天下城[仏が求道第七年の雨期に三十三天に上天して下天された場所. コーサラ国, 舎衛城の南方]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Saṅkassara: {'def': '(adj.) [doubtful, if Vedic saṅkasuka] doubtful; wicked Vin.II,236 (cp. Vin. Texts III,300); S.I,49=Dh.312 (expl^d as “saṅkāhi saritabba, āsaṅkāhi sarita, ussaṅkita, parisaṅkita” DhA.III,485, thus taken as saṅkā+sṛ by Bdhgh; of course not cogent); A.II,239; IV,128, 201; S.I,66 (°ācāra=“suspecting all” trslⁿ); IV,180; Th.1, 277; Pug.27. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(doubtful, if Vedic saṅkasuka), 【形】可疑的(doubtful; wicked)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkasāyati: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+kṛṣ, kasati? Or has it anything to do with kasāya?] to become weak, to fail S.I,202; II,277; IV,178; A.I,68. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkathati: {'def': '[saṁ+kathati] to name, explain. Pass. saṅkathīyati DhsA.390. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkati: {'def': ' [śaṅk, Vedic śaṅkate, cp. Lat. cunctor to hesitate; Goth. hāhan=Ags. hangon “to hang”; Oicel. h&amacremacr;tta danger] to doubt, hesitate, to be uncertain about; pres. (med.) 1^st sg. saṅke S.I,111; J.III,253 (=āsaṅkāmi C.); VI,312 (na saṅke maraṇ’āgamāya); Pot. saṅketha J.II,53=V.85. Pass. saṅkīyati S.III,=Kvu 141; A.IV,246. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sak + ŋ-a), 怀疑，犹豫，不能确定。【过】 saṅki。【过分】 saṅkita。【现分】 ~kamāna。【独】 saṅkitvā。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṅk(梵wañk)怀疑+ṁ-a), 怀疑，犹豫，不能确定。【过】saṅki。【过分】saṅkita。【现分】saṅkamāna。【独】saṅkitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkaḍḍhati: {'def': '[saṁ+kaḍḍhati] 1. to collect M.I,135; J.I,254; IV,224; Dh.I,49; Pass. °khaḍḍiyati Vism.251 (ppr. °iyamāna being collected, comprising). -- 2. to examine, scrutinize J.VI,351 (cintetvā °kaḍḍhituṁ). (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+kaddh+a), 收集，拖拉。【过】saṅkaḍḍhi。【独】saṅkaḍhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(saŋ + kaddh + a), 收集，拖拉。【过】 ~ḍḍhi。【独】 ~ḍhitvā。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkaṭīra: {'def': '(nt.) [unexplained] a dust heap D.II,160; S.II,270; M.I,334. Expl^d as “saṅkāra-ṭṭhāna” K.S. II.203. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】垃圾堆。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】垃圾堆。(p309)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅketa: {'def': '(saṁ+keta),【阳】【中】标志，指定的地方，集合点。saṅketakamma,【中】同意(agreement)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳、中】标志，指定的地方，集合点。 ~kamma, 【中】约会。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+keta: see ketu] intimation, agreement, engagement, appointed place, rendezvous Vin.I,298; Miln.212; Nett 15, 18; cp. Cpd. 6, 33. saṅketaṁ gacchati to keep an appointment, to come to the rendezvous Vin.II,265. asaṅketena without appointing a place Vin.I,107. vassika° the appointed time for keeping the rainy season Vin.I,298.

--kamma agreement Vin.III,47, 53, 78. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅketana: {'def': '(nt.)=saṅketa, °ṭṭhāna place of rendezvous DhA.II,261. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkeḷāyati: {'def': '[saṁ+keḷāyati] to amuse oneself (with) A.IV,55. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkha: {'def': '¹ [cp. Vedic śaṅkha; Gr. kόgxos shell, measure of capacity, & kόxlos; Lat. congius a measure] a shell, conch; mother-of-pearl; a chank, commonly used as a trumpet D.I,79; II,297=M.I,58; A.II,117; IV,199; Vv 81¹⁰; J.I,72; II,110; VI,465, 580; Miln.21 (dhamma°); DhA.I,18. Combined with paṇava (small drum) Vism.408; J.VI,21; or with bheri (large drum) Miln.21; Vism.408.

--ûpama like a shell, i. e. white J.V,396, cp. VI,572. --kuṭṭhin a kind of leper; whose body becomes as white as mother-of-pearl DhA.I,194, 195. --thāla mother of pearl, (shell-) plate Vism.126 (sudhota°), 255. --dhama a trumpeter D.I,259=M.II,19; M.II,207=S.IV,322. --dhamaka a conch blower, trumpeter J.I,284; VI,7. --nābhi a kind of shell Vin.I,203; II,117. --patta motherof-pearl DhA.I,387. --muṇḍika the shell-tonsure, a kind of torture M.I,87; A.I,47; II,122. --mutta mother-ofpearl J.V,380 (C expl^s as “shell-jewel & pearl-jewel”); VI,211, 230. --likhita polished like mother-of-pearl; bright, perfect D.I,63, 250; S.II,219; A.V,204; Vin.I,181; Pug.57; DA.I,181; DhA.IV,195. See also under likhita, & cp. Franke, Wiener Zeitschrift 1893, 357. --vaṇṇa pearl-white J.III,477; M.I,58=A.III,324. --sadda the sound of a chank A.II,186; Vism.408; Dhs.621. --silā “shell-stone,” a precious stone, mother-of-pearl (?) Ud.54; J.IV,85; Pv.II,6⁴. Frequent in BSk., e. g. AvŚ I.184, 201, 205; Divy 291. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [etym.?] a water plant (comb^d with sevāla) Miln.35. See detail under paṇṇaka 2. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1(cp. Vedic waṅkha),【阳】1.犬齿贝，贝壳，海螺壳(a shell, conch; mother-of-pearl; a chank, commonly used as a trumpet)。saṅkhakuṭṭhī,【阳】身有白癍的人(a kind of leper)。saṅkhathāla,【阳】海螺壳制的容器(mother of pearl)。saṅkhadhama,【阳】吹海螺壳的人(a trumpeter)。saṅkhamuṇḍika,【中】贝秃刑(the shell-tonsure拷问刑法)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '3﹐智慧。Nettippakaraṇa-ṭīkā(导论疏)：Saṅkhāti paññā. Paññāpadhānā ca bhāvanāti āha “paṭisaṅkhāya paṭipakkhabhāvanāyā”ti.(智慧：智慧。精进的智慧和修习的智慧，即所谓的以审察智和以对治的修习。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2﹐一种水生植物(a water plant)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】犬齿贝，贝壳，海螺壳。 ~kuṭṭhī, 【阳】身有白癍的人。 ~thāla,【阳】海螺壳制的容器。 ~dhama, 【阳】吹海螺壳的人。 ~muṇḍika, 【中】贝秃刑（拷问刑法）。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkhalika: {'def': '【中】链(a chain)。D.22./II,296.(M.10./I,58.)︰bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ samaṁsalohitaṁ nhārusambandhaṁ …(犹如比丘应看丢弃在墓地的屍体(sarīraṁ, n.s.Acc.)：(被)筋连结(nhārusambandhaṁ, pp.(n.s.Acc.))的骨链(aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ, n.s.Acc.)，有肉有血(samaṁsalohitaṁ, n.s.Acc.)；…)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhalikā: {'def': '(fr. saṅkhalā；cf. 梵 wrṅkhalā),【阴】链(a chain)。aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ(D.22.；M.10.),【中】骨链。devasaṅkhalika, 魔术链。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】脚镣。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. saṅkhalā] a chain S.I,76; J.III,168; VI,3; Nd² 304^III; Miln.149, 279; DhA.IV,54; PvA.152. Sometimes saṅkhalika (esp. in composition), e. g. J.III,125 (°bandhana); VI,3; Miln.279. --aṭṭhi° a chain of bones, a skeleton [cp. BSk. asthi-saṅkhalikā MVastu I.21] D.II,296=M.I,58; Vin.III,105; J.I,433; Pv.II,12¹¹; DhA.III,479. --deva° a magic chain J.II,128; V,92. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhalā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. śṛṅkhalā] a chain Th.2, 509. aṭṭhi° a chain of bones, skeleton A.III,97. As °kaṅkalā at Th.2, 488. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkharaṇa: {'def': '【中】恢复，准备。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】恢复，准备。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkharoti: {'def': '[saṁ+kṛ] to put together, prepare, work PvA.287. a-saṅkhārāna S.I,126. Ger. saṅkharitvā S.II,269 (v. l. saṅkhāditvā, as is read at id. p. Vin.II,201). Cp. abhi°. -- pp. saṅkhata. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saŋ + kar + o), 回复，准备，集合。【过】 ~khari。【过分】~khata。【现分】 ~kharonta。【独】 ~ritvā。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+kar行+o), 回复，准备，集合。【过】saṅkhari。【过分】saṅkhata。【现分】saṅkharonta。【独】saṅkharitvā。【使】saṅkharīyati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhata: {'def': '[pp. of saṅkharoti; Sk. saṁskṛta] 1. put together, compound; conditioned, produced by a combination of causes, “created,” brought about as effect of actions in former births S.II,26; III,56; Vin.II,284; It.37, 88; J.II,38; Nett 14; Dhs.1085; DhsA.47. As nt. that which is produced from a cause, i. e. the saṅkhāras S.I,112; A.I,83, 152; Nett 22. asaṅkhata not put together, not proceeding from a cause Dhs.983 (so read for saṅkhata), 1086; Ep. of nibbāna “the Unconditioned” (& therefore unproductive of further life) A.I,152; S.IV,359 sq.; Kvu 317 sq.; Pv III,7¹⁰ (=laddhanāma amataṁ PvA.207); Miln.270; Dhs.583 (see trslⁿ ibid.), 1439. The discernment of higher jhāna- states as saṅkhata is a preliminary to the attainment of Arahantship M.III,244. Cp. abhi°; visaṅkhita; visaṅkhāra. -- 2. cooked, dressed Mhvs 32, 39. -- 3. embellished Mhvs 22, 29.

--lakkhaṇa properties of the saṅkhata, i. e. production, decay and change A.I,152; VvA.29. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅkharoti 的【过分】), 已以…为条件，已修理，已由…因素产生。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṅkharoti 的【过分】；Sk. saṁskrta), 已以…为条件，已修理，已由…因素产生，有为的。saṅkhatadhātu,【阴】条件的境界。saṅkhatalakkhaṇa﹐有为相。A.3.47./I,152.：Uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi saṅkhatassa saṅkhatalakkhaṇānī”ti. (知生，知灭，知住之变动。诸比丘！此等三者，是有为之有为相。) asucisaṅkhata(‹ a-suci-saṅkhata),不净积集。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhati: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. saṁskṛti] cookery M.I,448. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(cp. Sk. saṁskrti,【阴】烹饪术(cookery M.I,448.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhaya: {'def': '[saṁ+khaya] destruction, consumption, loss, end Vin.I,42; D.II,283; M.I,152; S.I,2, 124; IV,391; It.38; Dh.282 (=vināsa DhA.III,421), 331; J.II,52; V,465; Miln.205, 304. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】消费，损失，破坏。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṅkhāti 的【独】), 考虑了，区别了。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+khaya),【阳】破坏、消费、损失(destruction, consumption, loss, end (=vināsa DhA.III,421)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhepa: {'def': '(saṁ+khepa),【形】删节，摘要，精简的估计(abridgment, abstract, condensed account)。atisaṅkhepena desitattā,极精简的说教。opp. vitthāra。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】删节，摘要，精简的估计，收集。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+khepa] 1. abridgment, abstract, condensed account (opp. vitthāra), e. g. Vism.532, 479; Dh.I,125; KhA 183; DhsA.344; SnA 150, 160, 314; VbhA.47. Cp. ati°. -- 2. the sum of, quintessence of; Instr. °ena (adv.) by way of, as if, e. g. rāja° as if he were king DA.I,246; bhūmi-ghara° in the shape of an earth house DA.I,260. -- 3. group, heaping up, amassing, collection: pabbata-saṅkhepe in a mountain glen (lit. in the midst of a group of mountains) D.I,84; A.III,396. bhava° amassing of existences J.I,165 sq., 366, 463; II,137. ‹-› 4. aṭavi° at A.I,178; III,66 is probably a wrong reading for °saṅkopa “inroad of savage tribes.” (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkheyya: {'def': '² (nt.) a hermitage, the residence of Thera Āyupāla Miln.19, 22 etc. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1 (grd. of saṅkhāyati) ,【形】可计算的(calculable; only neg. asaṅkheyya incalculable)。saṅkheyyakāra,(acting with a set purpose)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2,【中】隐居处(a hermitage, the residence of Thera āyupāla Miln.19, 22 etc.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】可计算的。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [grd. of saṅkhāyati] calculable; only neg. a° incalculable S.V,400; A.III,366; PvA.212. --°kāra acting with a set purpose Sn.351. -- As grd. of saṅkharoti: see upa°. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhipati: {'def': '(saŋ + khip + a), 缩短，精简，弄短，折叠。【过】 ~khipi。【现分】 ~panta, ~pamāna。【潜】 ~pitabba。【独】 ~pitvā。【不】 ~pituŋ。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+khip抛+a), 1.堆积( to collect, heap together)。2.抽离(to withdraw, put off)。3.浓缩(to concentrate)。4.删减(to abridge, shorten)。【过】saṅkhipi。【现分】saṅkhipanta, saṅkhipamāna。【义】saṅkhipitabba。【独】saṅkhipitvā。【不】saṅkhipituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+khipati] 1. to collect, heap together Mhvs 1, 31. -- 2. to withdraw, put off Dāvs.IV,35. ‹-› 3. to concentrate J.I,82. -- 4. to abridge, shorten. ‹-› pp. saṅkhitta. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhippa: {'def': '(saṁ+khippa),【形】快速(quick)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+khippa] quick J.VI,323. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhitta: {'def': '[pp. of saṅkhipati] 1. concise, brief Miln.227; DhsA.344; Instr. saṅkhittena in short, concisely (opp. vitthārena) Vin.I,10; D.II,305; S.V,421; Pug.41. Cp. BSk. saṅkṣiptena Divy 37 etc. -- 2. concentrated, attentive D.I,80 (which at Vism.410 however is expl^d as “thīna-middh’ânugata”); S.II,122; V,263; D.II,299= M.I,59. -- 3. contracted, thin, slender: °majjhā of slender waist J.V,155. -- Cp. abhi°. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Saṅkhipati的【过分】) 1.精简，简短(concise, brief)。2.浓缩(concentrated, attentive)。3.缩减(contracted, thin, slender)。DA.22./III,776.；MA.10./I,280.︰Saṁkhittanti thinamiddhānupatitaṁ, etañhi saṁkuṭitacittaṁ nāma.(已昏昧︰即︰昏沈、呆滞降临，这是蜷缩的心。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhiyā: {'def': '-dhamma form of talk, the trend of talk D.I,2; DA.I,43. Cp. saṅkhyā. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhobha: {'def': '[san+khobha] shaking, commotion, upsetting, disturbance J.I,64; Sdhp.471. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(san+khobha),【阳】骚动，动乱(shaking, commotion, upsetting, disturbance)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】骚动，动乱。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkhobheti: {'def': '(saŋ + khubh + e), 扰乱，激起，推翻。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~bhita。【现分】 ~bhenta。【独】 ~bhetva。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+khubh摇动+e), 扰乱，激起，推翻。【过】saṅkhobhesi。【过分】saṅkhobhita。【现分】saṅkhobhenta。【独】saṅkhobhetva。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'see saṅkhubhati. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhubhana: {'def': '【中】搅动，煽动。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】搅动，煽动。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkhubhati: {'def': '(saṁ+khubh摇动+a), 被煽动，搅动(to be shaken, to be agitated, to stir)。【过】saṅkhubhi。【过分】saṅkhubhita。【独】saṅkhubhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(saŋ + khubh + a), 被煽动，搅和。【过】 ~bhi。【过分】~bhita。【独】 ~bhitvā。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+khubbati] to be shaken, to be agitated, to stir J.I,446 (ger. °khubhitvā); DhA.II,43, 57; aor. °khubhi PvA.93. -- pp. saṅkhubhita. -- Caus. saṅkhobheti to shake, stir up, agitate J.I,119, 350; II,119. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhubhita: {'def': '[pp. of saṅkhubhati] shaken, stirred J.III,443. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhyā: {'def': '﹐【阴】数目(cardinal numbers)，列举，计算，定义。ekaṁ(梵eka)= 1, di, dve(梵dvi)= 2, ti, te, tayo(梵tri)= 3, chattāro(梵catur)= 4, pañca (梵pañca(n))= 5, cha(ḷ),sa(ḷ) (梵sas)= 6, satta(梵saptan)= 7, aṭṭha(梵asṭan)= 8, nava(梵navan)= 9, dasa (梵dawan)= 10, ekādasa,ekārasa = 11, dvādasa, bārasa = 12, teḷasa, terasa = 13, cuddasa,catuddasa = 14, pañcadasa; paṇṇarasa = 15, soḷasa, sorasa = 16, sattarasa ; sattadasa = 17, aṭṭharasa; aṭṭhadasa = 18, ekunavīsati = 19,f. vīsati(梵viṃwati)= 20, ekavisati= 21, dvāvīsati; bāvīsati = 22, tevīsati = 23, catuvīsati= 24, pañcavīsati =25, chabbīsati= 26, sattavīsati = 27, aṭṭhavīsati= 28, ekūnatiṁsati = 29, tiṁsati (梵triṃwat)= 30, ekatiṁsa, ekatiṁsati = 31, dvātiṁsati; bāttiṁsati = 32, tettiṁsati = 33, catuttiṁsati = 34, pañcatiṁsati = 35, chattiṁsati = 36, sattatiṁsati = 37, aṭṭhatiṁsati = 38, ekūnacattāḷīsati = 39, cattāḷīsati(梵catvāriṃwat)=40, ekacattāḷīsati=41, dvicattāḷīsati=42, tecattāḷīsati=43, catucattāḷīsati=44, pañcacattāḷīsati=45, chacattāḷīsati=46, sattacattāḷīsati=47, aṭṭhacattāḷīsati=48, ekūnapaṇṇāsā =49, paṇṇāsā(梵pañcāwat)=50, ekapaṇṇāsā=51, dvepaṇṇāsā=52, tepaṇṇāsā=53, catupaṇṇāsā=54, pañcapaṇṇāsā=55, chapaṇṇāsā=56, sattapaṇṇāsā=57, aṭṭapaṇṇāsā=58, ekūnasaṭṭhi=59, saṭṭhi(梵sasṭi)=60, ekasaṭṭhi=61, dvāsaṭṭhi; dvisaṭṭhi=62, tesaṭṭhi ; tisaṭṭhi= 63, catusaṭṭhi = 64, pañcasaṭṭhi = 65, chasaṭṭhi = 66, sattasaṭṭhi = 67, aṭṭhasaṭṭhi= 68, ekūnasattati= 69, sattati(梵saptati)= 70, ekasattati= 71, dvāsattati; dvisattati = 72, tesattati; tisattati =73, catusattati =74, pañcasattati = 75, chasattati = 76, sattasattati= 77, aṭṭhasattati= 78, ekūnāsīti=79﹐ asīti(梵awīti)=80﹐ekāsīti=81, dveāsīti; dviyāsīti= 82, teāsīti ; tiyāsīti= 83, caturāsīti =84, pañcāsīti = 85, chāsīti =86, sattāsīti= 87, aṭṭhāsīti= 88, dvāsattati; ekūnanavuti=89﹐ navuti(梵navati)=90﹐eka= 91, dvānavuti ; dvinavuti = 92, tenavuti; tinavuti = 93, catunavuti = 94, pañcanavuti =95, channavuti = 96, sattanavuti = 97, aṭṭhanavuti = 98, ekūnasataṁ =99, sataṁ(梵wata)=100﹐ekādhikasataṁ=101﹐aṭṭhuttarasataṁ=108﹐dasuttarasataṁ=110﹐diyaḍḍhasataṁ=150﹐dvisataṁ=200﹐aḍḍhateyeyasataṁ(tiyaḍḍhasataṁ) =250﹐tisataṁ=300﹐catusataṁ=400﹐pañcasataṁ=500﹐chasataṁ=600﹐sattasataṁ=700﹐aṭṭhasataṁ=800﹐navasataṁ=900﹐sahassaṁ(梵sāhāsrā)=1,000﹐pañcasatādhikasahassaṁ(diyaḍḍhasahassaṁ) =1,500﹐ dvisahassaṁ(梵ḍṅe sāhāsre)=2,000﹐dasasahassaṁ(梵ayuta)=10,000﹐caturasītisahassaṁ(梵caturasītisahastraṇi)=84,000, satasahassaṁ(=lakkhaṁ, 梵laksa)=100,000﹐dasalakkhaṁ=1,000,000﹐satalakkhaṁ(=koṭi梵巴同﹐f.)=10,000,000，dasakoṭi =100,000,000﹐satakoṭi (koṭisata)=10,000,000,000﹐pādo=¼﹐aḍḍho=½﹐aḍḍhuḍḍho=¾', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhā: {'def': 'saṅkhyā, 【阴】列举，计算，数字，定义。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'saṅkhyā(saṁ+khyā见),【阴】1.列举，计算，评估(enumeration, calculation, estimating)。2.数目(number)。3.定义(denomination, definition, word, name) (=uddesa gaṇanā paññatti)。saṅkhaṁ gacchati﹐(to be styled, called or defined; to be put into words )。saṅkhaṁ gata(cp. saṅkhāta)﹐称为(is called)。saṅkhaṁ na upeti (nopeti) cannot be called by a name, does not count, cannot be defined。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) & Saṅkhyā (f.) [fr. saṁ+khyā] 1. enumeration, calculation, estimating D.II,277; M.I,109; Miln.59 ‹-› 2. number Dāvs.I,25. -- 3. denomination, definition, word, name (cp. on term K.S. I.321) S.III,71 sq.; IV,376 sq.; Nd² 617 (=uddesa gaṇanā paññatti); Dhs.1306; Miln.25. --saṅkhaṁ gacchati to be styled, called or defined; to be put into words D.I,199, 201; Vin.II,239; M.I,190, 487; A.I,68, 244=II.113; Pug.42; Nett 66 sq.; Vism.212, 225, 235, 294 (khy); SnA 167 (khy); DhsA.11 (khy). saṅkhaṁ gata (cp. saṅkhāta) is called DA.I,41 (uyyānaṁ Ambalaṭṭhikā t’eva s. g.). saṅkhaṁ na upeti (nopeti) cannot be called by a name, does not count, cannot be defined It.54; Sn.209, 749, 911, 1074; Nd¹ 327; Nd² 617. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhādati: {'def': '(saŋ + khād + a), 咀嚼。【过】 ~khādi。【过分】 ~dita。【独】~ditvā。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+khād嚼+a), 咀嚼。【过】saṅkhādi。【过分】saṅkhādita。【独】saṅkhāditvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+khādati] to masticate Vin.II,201= S.II,269 (reads °kharitvā); A.III,304 sq.; J.I,507. -- pp. °khādita. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhādita: {'def': '[pp. of saṅkhādati] chewed, masticated KhA 56, 257; VbhA.241 (where Vism.257 reads °khāyita). (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhāna: {'def': '² (nt.) [?] a strong leash ThA.292 (where Th.2, 509 reads saṅkhalā). (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (nt.) & Saṅkhyāna (nt.) [fr. saṁ+khyā, cp. saṅkhā] calculation, counting D.I,11; M.I,85; DA.I,95; Dhtp 613 (khy). (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】计算，估计。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】计算，估计。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkhāra: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+kṛ, not Vedic, but as saṁskāra Epic & Class. Sk. meaning “preparation” and “sacrament,” also in philosophical literature “former impression, disposition, “ cp. vāsanā] one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics, in which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the world and of happening, peculiar to the East, is so complete, that it is almost impossible for Occidental terminology to get at the root of its meaning in a translation. We can only convey an idea of its import by representing several sides of its application, without attempting to give a “word” as a def. trslⁿ. -- An exhaustive discussion of the term is given by Franke in his Dīgha translation (pp. 307 sq., esp. 311 sq.); see also the analysis in Cpd. 273--276. -- Lit. “preparation, get up”; appl^d: coefficient (of consciousness as well as of physical life, cp. viññāṇa), constituent, constituent potentiality; (pl.) synergies, cause-combination, as in S.III,87; discussed, B. Psy., p. 50 sq. (cp. DhsA.156, where paraphrased in defⁿ of sa-saṅkhāra with “ussāha, payoga, upāya, paccaya-gahaṇa”); composition, aggregate. 1. Aggregate of the conditions or essential properties for a given process or result -- e. g. (i.) the sum of the conditions or properties making up or resulting in life or existence; the essentials or “element” of anything (-°), e. g. āyusaṅkhāra, life-element D.II,106; S.II,266; PvA.210; bhavasaṅkhāra, jīvitasaṅkhāra, D.II,99, 107. (ii.) Essential conditions, antecedents or synergy (co-ordinated activity), mental coefficients, requisite for act, speech, thought: kāya°, vacī°, citta°, or mano°, described respectively as “respiration,” “attention and consideration,” “percepts and feelings,” “because these are (respectively) bound up with,” or “precede” those M.I,301 (cp. 56); S.IV,293; Kvu 395 (cp. trslⁿ 227); Vism.530 sq.; DhsA.8; VbhA.142 sq. -- 2. One of the five khandhas, or constitutional elements of physical life (see khandha), comprising all the citta-sampayutta-cetasikā dhammā -- i. e. the mental concomitants, or adjuncts which come, or tend to come, into consciousness at the uprising of a citta, or unit of cognition Dhs.1 (cp. M.III,25). As thus classified, the saṅkhāra’s form the mental factor corresponding to the bodily aggregate or rūpakkhandha, and are in contrast to the three khandhas which represent a single mental function only. But just as kāya stands for both body and action, so do the concrete mental syntheses called saṅkhārā tend to take on the implication of synergies, of purposive intellection, connoted by the term abhisaṅkhāra, q. v. -- e. g. M.III,99, where saṅkhārā are a purposive, aspiring state of mind to induce a specific rebirth; S.II,82, where puññaṁ, opuñ‹-› ñaṁ, āṇeñjaṁ s. abhisaṅkharoti, is, in D.III,217 & Vbh.135, catalogued as the three classes of abhisaṅkhāra; S.II,39, 360; A.II,157, where s. is tantamount to sañcetanā; Miln.61, where s., as khandha, is replaced by cetanā (purposive conception). Thus, too, the ss. in the Paṭiccasamuppāda formula are considered as the aggregate of mental conditions which, under the law of kamma, bring about the inception of the paṭisandhiviññāṇa, or first stirring of mental life in a newly begun individual. Lists of the psychologically, or logically distinguishable factors making up the composite saṅkhārakkhandha, with constants and variants, are given for each class of citta in Dhs.62, etc. (N.B.-Read cetanā for vedanā, § 338.) Phassa and cetanā are the two constant factors in the s-kkhandha. These lists may be compared with the later elaboration of the saṅkhāra-elements given at Vism.462 sq. -- 3. saṅkhārā (pl.) in popular meaning. In the famous formula (and in many other connections, as e. g. sabbe saṅkhārā) “aniccā vata saṅkhārā uppādavaya-dhammino” (D.II,157; S.I,6, 158, 200; II,193; Th.1, 1159; J.I,392, cp. Vism.527), which is rendered by Mrs. Rh. D. (Brethren, p 385 e. g.) as “O, transient are our life’s experiences! Their nature ‘tis to rise and pass away,” we have the use of s. in quite a general & popular sense of “life, physical or material life”; and sabbe saṅkhārā means “everything, all physical and visible life, all creation.” Taken with caution the term “creation” may be applied as t.t. in the Paṭiccasamuppāda, when we regard avijjā as creating, i. e. producing by spontaneous causality the saṅkhāras, and saṅkhārā as “natura genita atque genitura” (the latter with ref. to the foll. viññāṇa). If we render it by “formations” (cp. Oldenberg’s “Gestaltungen,” Buddha ⁷1920, p. 254), we imply the mental “constitutional” element as well as the physical, although the latter in customary materialistic popular philosophy is the predominant factor (cp. the discrepancies of “life eternal” and “life is extinct” in one & the same European term). None of the “links” in the Paṭicca-samuppāda meant to the people that which it meant or was supposed to mean in the subtle and schematic philosophy (dhammā duddasā nipuṇā!) of the dogmatists. -- Thus saṅkhārā are in the widest sense the “world of phenomena” (cp. below °loka), all things which have been made up by pre-existing causes. -- At PvA.71 we find saṅkhārā in lit. meaning as “things” (preparations) in defⁿ of ye keci (bhogā) “whatever.” The sabbe s. at S.II,178 (trslⁿ “all the things of this world”) denote all 5 aggregates exhausting all conditioned things; cp. Kvu 226 (trslⁿ “things”); Mhvs.IV,66 (: the material and transitory world); Dh.154 (vi-saṅkhāragataṁ cittaṁ=mind divested of all material things); DhsA.304 (trslⁿ “kamma activities,” in connection avijjā-paccaya-s°); Cpd. 211, n. 3. -- The defⁿ of saṅkhārā at Vism.526 (as result of avijjā & cause of viññāṇa in the P.-S.) is: saṅkhataṁ abhisaṅkharontī ti saṅkhārā. Api ca: avijjā-paccayā saṅkhārā saṅkhāra-saddena āgata-saṅkhārā ti duvidhā saṅkhārā; etc. with further def. of the 4 saṅkhāras. ‹-› 4. Var. passages for saṅkhāra in general: D.II,213; III,221 sq., M.II,223 (imassa dukkha-nidānassa saṅkhāraṁ padahato saṅkhāra-ppadhānā virāgo hoti); S.III,69 (ekanta-dukkhā saṅkhārā); IV,216 sq. (saṅkhārāṇaṁ khaya-dhammatā; id. with vaya°, virāga°, nirodha° etc.); Sn.731 (yaṁ kiñci dukkhaṁ sambhoti sabbaṁ saṅkhāra-paccayā; saṅkhārānaṁ nirodhena n’atthi dukkhassa sambhavo); Vism.453, 462 sq. (the 51), 529 sq.; DhA.III,264, 379; VbhA.134 (4 fold), 149 (3 fold), 192 (āyūhanā); PvA.41 (bhijjana-dhammā). ‹-› Of passages dealing with the saṅkhāras as aniccā, vayadhammā, anattā, dukkhā etc. the foll. may be mentioned: Vin.I,13; S.I,200; III,24; IV,216, 259; V,56, 345; M.III,64, 108; A.I,286; II,150 sq.; III,83, 143; IV,13, 100; It.38; Dh.277, 383; Ps.I,37, 132; II,48; 109 sq.; Nd² 444, 450; also Nd² p. 259 (s. v. saṅkhārā).

--upekkhā equanimity among “things” Vism.161, 162. --ûpasama allayment of the constituents of life Dh.368, 381; cp. DhA.IV,108. --khandha the aggregate of (mental) coefficients D.III,233; Kvu 578; Tikp 61; DhsA.345; VbhA.20, 42. --dukkha the evil of material life, constitutional or inherent ill VbhA.93 (in the classification of the sevenfold sukkha). --paccayā (viññāṇaṁ) conditioned by the synergies (is vital consciousness), the second linkage in the Paṭicca-samuppāda (q. v.) Vism.577; VbhA.152 sq. --padhāna concentration on the saṅkhāras M.II,223. --majjhattatā=°upekkhā VbhA.283. --loka the material world, the world of formation (or phenomena), creation, loka “per se,” as contrasted to satta-loka, the world of (morally responsible) beings, loka “per hominem” Vism.205; VbhA.456; SnA 442. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+ kar(梵kr)行),【阳】行(直译：一起作、共作、共作物)，必要的条件，有条件的事物，生死(《长阿含十报法经》(T1.237.1)、一卷本《杂阿含经》(T2.496.2-3、498.3)、《佛说阿含正行经》(T2.883.2)、《佛说忠心经》(T17.550.3)、《阿含口解十二因缘经》(T25.55.2)…等，直接把行蕴译成「生死」。)。saṅkhārakkhandha,【阳】行蕴。saṅkhāradukkha,【中】行苦。saṅkhāraloka,【阳】行世界，整个的创造(有为法)。M.A.44./II,364.︰Tattha kāyapaṭibaddhattā kāyena saṅkharīyati karīyati nibbattīyatīti kāyasaṅkhāro. Vācaṁ saṅkharoti karoti nibbattetīti vacīsaṅkhāro. Cittapaṭibaddhattā cittena saṅkharīyati karīyati nibbattīyatīti cittasaṅkhāro.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】行，必要的条件，有条件的事物，心智的协同因素。~kkhandha, 【阳】行蕴，心智的协同因素集合体。 ~dukkha, 【中】行苦，物质生活的邪恶。 ~loka, 【阳】行世界，整个的创造。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkhāravant: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅkhāra] having saṅkhāras A.II,214=Dhs.1003. (Page 665)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇa: {'def': '【中】行舍智。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhāta: {'def': '(pp. of saṅkhāyati),【过分】已决定，已估计(agreed on, reckoned)。在【合】中)所谓的，命名((-°) so-called, named))。saṅkhātadhamma,已检视或确认教法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已决定，已估计。 (在【合】中) 所谓的，命名。(p311)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of saṅkhāyati] agreed on, reckoned; (-°) so-called, named D.I,163 (akusala° dhammā); III,65, 133=Vin.III,46 (theyya° what is called theft); DA.I,313 (the sambodhi, by which is meant that of the three higher stages); DhsA.378 (khandha-ttaya° kāya, cp. Expos. II.485); PvA.40 (medha° paññā), 56 (hattha° pāṇi), 131 (pariccāga° atidāna), 163 (caraṇa° guṇa).

--dhamma one who has examined or recognized the dhamma (“they who have mastered well the truth of things” K.S. II.36), an Ep. of the arahant S.II,47; IV,210; Sn.70 (°dhammo, with explⁿ Nd² 618^b: “vuccati ñāṇaṁ” etc.; “saṅkhāta-dh.=ñāta-dhammo,” of the paccekabuddha), 1038 (°dhammā=vuccanti arahanto khīṇāsavā Nd² 618^a), Dh.70 (T. saṅkhata°, but DhA.II,63 saṅkhāta°). (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhāya: {'def': '(saṅkhāti 的【独】), 考虑了，区别了。A.9.2./IV,354.：saṅkhāyekaṁ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṁ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṁ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṁ vinodeti.(一思量后，即亲近；一思量后，即堪忍；一思量后，即舍离；一思量后，即遣除。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkhāyaka: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+khyā] a calculator S.IV,376. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhāyati: {'def': '& Saṅkhāti [saṁ+khyā] 1. to appear J.V,203 (°āti). -- 2. to calculate Sn.p. 126 (inf. °khātuṁ); Dh.196. ger. saṅkhāya having considered, discriminately, carefully, with open mind D.II,227; III,224 (paṭisevati etc.: with ref. to the 4 apassenāni); S.I,182; Sn.209, 391, 749, 1048 (=jānitvā etc. Nd² 619); Nd¹ 327; Dh.267 (=ñāṇena DhA.III,393); It.54. saṅkhā pi deliberately M.I,105 sq. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkhāyita: {'def': '=saṅkhādita; Vism.257. (Page 664)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkilesa: {'def': '[saṁ+kilesa] impurity, defilement, corruption, sinfulness Vin.I,15; D.I,10, 53, 247 (opp. visuddhi); M.I,402; S.III,69; A.II,11; III,418 sq.; V,34; J.I,302; Dhs.993, 1229; Nett 100; Vism.6, 51, 89; DhsA.165. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkilesika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. saṅkilesa] baneful, sinful D.I,195; III,57; A.II,172; Dhs.993 (cp. DhsA.345); Tikp 333, 353. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】有害的，腐败的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】有害的，腐败的。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkilissana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṅkilissati] staining, defiling; getting defiled VvA.329. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】saṅkilesa,【阳】杂质，污秽。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 Saṅkilesa, 【阳】杂质，污秽。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkilissati: {'def': '[saṁ+kilissati, cp. BSk. saṅkliśyati Divy 57] to become soiled or impure D.I,53; S.III,70; Dh.165; J.II,33, 271. -- pp. saṅkiliṭṭha. -- Caus. saṅkileseti. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saŋ + kilis + ya), 被弄脏，被掺杂。【过】 ~lissi。【独】 ~ssitvā。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+kilis+ya), 被弄脏，被掺杂，被污染。【过】saṅkilissi。【独】saṅkilissitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkiliṭṭha: {'def': '[pp. of saṅkilissati] stained, tarnished, impure, corrupt, foul D.I,247; S.II,271; A.III,124; V,169; Dh.244; J.II,418; Dhs.993, 1243; Pv IV.1²³ (kāyena vācāya ca); DhsA.319. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Saṅkilissati的【过分】) 已被弄脏，已被掺杂。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. śaṅk] anxious Mhvs 35, 101. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkirati: {'def': '[saṁ+kirati] to mix together; Pass. saṅkīyati (q. v.); pp. saṅkiṇṇa. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkiraṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṁ+kirati] an astrological t.t., denoting the act of or time for collecting or calling in of debts (Bdhgh; doubtful) D.I,11; DA.I,96; cp. Dial. I.23. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkita: {'def': '[fr. śaṅk] anxious, doubtful J.V,85; Mhvs 7, 15; SnA 60. Cp. pari°, vi°. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅkati 的【过分】)。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṅkati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkittana: {'def': '【中】公布，宣言。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】公布，宣言。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [saṁ+kittana] proclaiming, making known PvA.164. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkitti: {'def': '(f.) [perhaps saṁ+kitti] derivation & meaning very doubtful; Bdhgh’s explⁿ at PugA 231 is not to be taken as reliable, viz. “saṅkittetvā katabhattesu hoti. dubbhikkha-samaye kira acela-kāsāvakā acelakānaṁ atthāya tato tato taṇḍul’ādīni samādapetvā bhattaṁ pacanti, ukkaṭṭhâcelako tato na paṭigaṇhāti.” D.I,166 (trslⁿ Dial. I.229 “he will not accept food collected, i. e. by the faithful in time of drought”; Neumann “not from the dirty”; Franke “nichts von Mahlzeiten, für die die Mittel durch Aufruf beschafft sind”?); M.I,77; A.II,206; Pug.55. It may be something like “convocation.” (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkiya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. fr. śaṅkati] 1. apt to be suspected It.67. -- 2. anxious J.I,334. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkiṇṇa: {'def': '(saṅkirati 的【过分】), 已充满，已混合，已不纯。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of saṅkirati] mixed; impure S.III,71; A.IV,246.

--parikha having the trenches filled; said of one who is free of saṁsāra M.I,139; A.III,84; Nd² p. 161. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅkirati 的【过分】), 已充满，已混合，已不纯。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkoca: {'def': '[saṁ+koca, of kuñc: see kuñcita] contraction (as a sign of anger or annoyance), grimace (mukha°) PvA.103; also as hattha°, etc. at PvA.124. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+koca, of kuc),【阳】收缩(contraction (as a sign of anger or annoyance))，面部的歪扭(grimace (mukhasaṅkoca))，扭曲(台语：歪篙趑趄uai ko chi7 chuah8)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】收缩，面部的歪扭，扭曲。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkocana: {'def': '(nt.)=saṅkoca J.III,57 (mukha°); DhA.III,270; Dhtp 809. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkoceti: {'def': '(san + kuc + e), 缩短，扭曲。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~cita。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(san+kuc+e)(caus. of saṅkucati), 缩短，扭曲(to contract)。【过】saṅkocesi。【过分】saṅkocita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of saṅkucati] to contract J.I,228; DhsA.324. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkopa: {'def': 'see saṅkhepa. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】扰乱，激动。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】扰乱，激动。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅku: {'def': '【阳】柱，长钉，标枪。saṅkupatha,【阳】用柱支撑著行走才能通过的路径。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. Vedic śaṅku] a stake, spike; javelin M.I,337; S.IV,168; J.VI,112; DhA.I,69. --ayo° an iron stake A.IV,131.

--patha a path full of stakes & sticks Vv 84¹¹; J.III,485, 541; Miln.280; Vism.305. --sata a hundred sticks, hundreds of sticks J.VI,112; Vism.153 (both passages same simile with the beating of an ox-hide). --samāhata set with iron spikes, N. of a purgatory M.I,337; J.VI,453. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】柱，长钉，标枪。 ~patha, 【阳】用柱支撑着行走才能通过的路径。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkucana: {'def': '【中】收缩。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】收缩。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkucati: {'def': '(saŋ + kuc + a), 使缩短，收缩，紧握。【过】 ~kici。【过分】~kucita。【独】 ~kucitvā。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[saṁ+kucati: see kuñcita] to become contracted, to shrink DhsA.376. -- pp. °kucita. -- Caus. °koceti. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+kuc(梵kuc / kuñc) 畏怯+a), 使缩短，收缩，紧握。【过】saṅkuci。【过分】saṅkucita。【独】saṅkucitvā。【使】saṅkoceti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkucita: {'def': '[pp. of saṅkucati] shrunk, contracted, clenched (of the first: °hattha) J.I,275; VI,468 (°hattha, opposed to pasārita-hattha); DA.I,287; PvA.123, 124. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkuddha: {'def': '[saṁ+kuddha] angry D.II,262. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+kuddha), 怒(angry, D.II.262)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkuka: {'def': '[fr. saṅku] a stake VvA.338. Cp. khāṇuka. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkula: {'def': '【形】充满的，拥挤的。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+kula),【形】充满的，拥挤的(crowded, full)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+kula] crowded, full Sdhp.603. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkuli: {'def': '[cp. sakkhali 2 & saṅguḷikā] a kind of cake J.VI,580. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkulya: {'def': '(nt.)=saṅkuli J.VI,524. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkupita: {'def': '(saṅkuppati 的【过分】), 已激怒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+kupita] shaken, enraged S.I,222. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅkuppati 的【过分】), 已激怒。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkuppa: {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+kuppa] to be shaken, movable; a° immovable Th.1, 649; Sn.1149. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkusaka: {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. saṅkasuka crumbling up] contrary; neg. a° J.VI,297 (=appaṭiloma C.). (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkusumita: {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+kusumita] flowering, in blossom J.V,420; Miln.319. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkuṇḍita: {'def': '[pp. of saṁ+kuṇḍ: see kuṇḍa] contorted, distorted PvA.123. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '[pp. of saṁ+kuṇḍ: see kuṇḍa] 扭曲(contorted, distorted )。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkuṭika: {'def': '[fr. saṁ+*kuṭ kuc, cp. kuṭila] doubled up J.II,68; cp. J.P.T.S. 1884, 102. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. saṁ+*kuṭ kuc, cp. kuṭila), 对摺、叠起(doubled up)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkuṭila: {'def': '(adj.) [saṁ+kuṭila] curved, winding Miln.297. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+kuṭila),【形】弯曲、卷(curved, winding)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkuṭita: {'def': '(=Saṅkuṭika) ,【形】对摺的，缩小的，蜷缩的(doubled up, shrivelled, shrunk)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】缩小的，蜷缩的。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[=last] doubled up, shrivelled, shrunk; J.II,225; Miln.251, 362; DhsA.376; Vism.255 (where KhA reads bahala); VbhA.238. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. śaṅk: see saṅkati] doubt, uncertainty, fear (cp. visaṅka) J.VI,158; DhA.III,485. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'saṅkāyanā(‹waṅk),【阴】疑惑，不确定(doubt, uncertainty, fear)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkāpeti: {'def': '(‹saṁ+kḷp),准备(to prepare, get ready, undertake)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. saṁ+kḷp] to prepare, get ready, undertake Vin.I,137 (vass’āvāsaṁ); S.IV,312. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkāra: {'def': '【阳】垃圾。 ~kūṭa, 【阳】垃圾堆。 ~coḷa, 【中】废布（从垃圾堆拾到的碎布）。 ~ṭṭhāna, 【中】垃圾桶，垃圾堆。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹saṁ+kr),【阳】垃圾(rubbish)。saṅkūṭa,【阳】垃圾堆。saṅkāracoḷa,【中】废布(从垃圾堆拾到的碎布)。saṅkāraṭṭhāna,【中】垃圾桶，垃圾堆。saṅkārayakkha,垃圾堆的夜叉。Pāci.IV,264(CS:p.346)︰Saṅkāraṁ nāma kacavaraṁ vuccati.(︰。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. saṁ+kṛ] rubbish Vin.I,48; IV,265; J.I,315; II,196.

--kūṭa rubbish heap, dust heap M.II,7; Pug.33; Miln.365; DhA.I,174. Cp. kacavara & kattara. --cola a rag picked up from a rubbish heap J.IV,380. --ṭhāna dust heap Th.1, 1175, J.I,244; Vism.250; DhA.II,27. --dhāna id. Dh.58. --yakkha a rubbish heap demon J.IV,379. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkāsa: {'def': '[saṁ+kāsa, of kāś, cp. okāsa] appearance; (-°) having the appearance of, like, similar J.II,150; V,71, 155, 370 (puñña°=sadisa C.); Bu 17, 21; Miln.2. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】相似的。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+kāsa, of kāw, cp. okāsa),【形】出现，相似的(appearance; (-°) having the appearance of, like, similar)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkāsana: {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. saṁ+kāś] explanation, illustration S.V,430; Nett 5, 8, 38; SnA 445 (+pakāsana). (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkāsanā: {'def': '【阴】解释。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】解释。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṅkāyati: {'def': '(saṅkā 的【派】; Dhtp 4 defines saṅk as “saṅkāyaṁ”), 怀疑，不能确定。【过】saṅkāyi。【过分】saṅkāyita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(saṅkā 的【派】), 怀疑，不能确定。【过】 ~kāyi。【过分】 ~yita。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[denom. fr. saṅkā; Dhtp 4 defines saṅk as “saṅkāyaṁ”] to be uncertain about Vin.II,274. Cp. pari°. (Page 662)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṅkī: {'def': '【形】可疑的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】可疑的。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkīyati: {'def': '(saṅkati 的【被】), 被怀疑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Pass. of saṅkirati, saṁ+kīr; Sk. °kīryate› *kiyyati›P. °kīyati] to become confused or impure S.III,71; A.II,29; IV,246. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṅkati 的【被】), 被怀疑。(p310)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṅkīḷati: {'def': '[saṁ+kīḷati] to play or sport D.I,91; A.IV,55, 343; DA.I,256. (Page 663)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic śaṇa; Gr. kάnnabis=Lat. cannabis; Ags haenep=E. hemp; Ger. hanf.] a kind of hemp D.II,350 (v. l.); S.I,115 (do.); cp. sāṇa¹ & sāṇī.

--dhovika [perhaps (Kern’s suggestion) sāṇa° (v. l.)= visāṇa°?] name of a particular kind of gambol of elephants in water M.I,229, 375. Bdhgh at DA.I,84 uses the obscure term sāṇa-dhovana-kīḷā to denote a trick of Caṇḍālas. But see sandhovika. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇadhovika: {'def': '﹐麻洗，象洗身时在水中跳跃嬉戏之称。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṇati: {'def': '[svan; Idg. *sǔenō=Lat. sono, Ags. swin music, swinsian to sing; Ohg. swan=swan] to sound, to make a noise Sn.721 (T. sanati)=Miln.414; sanate S.I,7=203; J.VI,507; ppr. saṇanto Sn.720 (T. n). (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṁ+e), 发出噪音，有声响。【现分】saṇamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(saŋ + e), 发出噪音。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṇha: {'def': '【形】光滑的，柔软的，细致优雅的，精致的。saṇhakaraṇī,【阴】磨石，使平滑的工具。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. ślakṣṇa] 1. smooth, soft Vin.I,202; II,151; Vv 50¹⁸ (=mudu VvA.213); Vism.260=KhA 59. saṇhena softly Th.1, 460. -- 2. gentle, mild D.II,259; Sn.853; J.I,202, 376; Nd¹ 234; PvA.56, 215. Of speech (opp. pharusa harsh) M.I,126; A.III,196; Dhs.1343. ‹-› 3. delicate, exquisite Th.2, 258, 262, 264, 268. Cp. pari°.

--karaṇī “a wooden instrument for smoothing the ground, or a sort of trowel,” Abhp 1007; J.IV,250 (Loc. °iyaṁ piṁsito); IV,4 (°ī viya tilāni piṁsamānā); V,271; VI,114 (asani viya viravanto °iyaṁ viya piṁsanto); cp. KhA 59; thus it seems to mean also a sort of instrument for oil-pressing, or a mortar. (Page 672)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】光滑的，软的，细致优雅的，精致的。 ~karaṇī,【阴】磨石，使平滑的工具。(p315)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṇhaka: {'def': 'at J.III,394 (of hair growing white “saṇhakasadisā”) according to Kern, Toev. II.69 (coarse) hempen cloth (=sāṇavāka), as indicated by v. l. sāṇalāka. Thus a der. fr. saṇa=sāṇa. Kern compares P. tuṇhīra= tūṇīra; Sk. śaṇa=śāṇaka. According to Andersen, Pāli Glossary “betelnut” (=saṇha). (Page 672)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇheti: {'def': '(saṇh+e), 磨(碎)，使成粉末，使光滑，擦掉灰尘。【过】saṇhesi。【过分】saṇhita。【独】saṇhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. fr. saṇha] to brush down, smooth (kese): only as cpd. o° at Vin.II,107; J.IV,219. (Page 672)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṇh + e), 磨（碎），使成粉末，使光滑，擦掉灰尘。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 saṇhita。【独】 ~hetvā。(p315)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṇikaṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [fr. last] slowly, gently, gradually D.II,333; M.I,120; S.I,82, 203; J.I,9, 292; II,103; Miln.117; DA.I,197; DhA.I,60, 389; VvA.36, 178. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇiṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [cp. Sk. śanaiḥ] softly, gradually Sn.350; Mhvs 25, 84. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇḍa: {'def': '[dial.; Dhtm 157: gumb’attha-m-īraṇe; cp. Sk. ṣaṇḍa] a heap, cluster, multitude; a grove (vana°) D.I,87; S.III,108; Vin.I,23; J.I,134 (vana°); satta° teeming with beings It.21. -- Jambu° N. of Jambudīpa Sn.352=Th.1, 822 (v. l. °maṇḍa, which Kern considers to be the correct reading; see Toev. II.67). --saṇḍa°cārin swarming D.I,166=M.I,77=A II 206. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】小树林，丛，多数。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】小树林，丛，多数。(p315)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṇḍāsa: {'def': '【阳】钳子，镊子。(p315)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】钳子(pincers)、镊子(tweezers)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[saṁ+ḍaṁsa, fr. ḍasati] (long) pincers, tweezers A.I,210; J.I,223; III,138; used to pull out hair M.II,75; Vin.II,134. (Page 672)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇṇikā: {'def': '(saṇikā) [cp. saṇi=Sk. sṛṇi] an elephant-driver’s hook J.I,445 (so read for paṇṇ°). (Page 672)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇṭha: {'def': 'a reed (used for bow-strings) M.I,429. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇṭhahana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. santiṭṭhati] recreation Vism.420 sq. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】再创造，形成。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】再创造，形成。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṇṭhapana: {'def': '【中】调整，建立。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】调整，建立。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Saṇṭhapeti: {'def': '(saŋ + thā + āpe), 安顿，调整，建立。【过】 ~esi。【独】 ~petvā。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(saṁ+ṭhā +āpe), 安顿，调整，建立。【过】saṇṭhapesi。【独】saṇṭhapetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& °ṭhāpeti [Caus. of santiṭṭhati] 1. to settle, to establish A.II,94 (cittaṁ); S.IV,263; J.I,225; PvA.196. -- 2. to call to order D.I,179 (°āp°). -- 3. to adjust, fold up J.I,304. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṇṭhita: {'def': '(saṇṭhāti‘保持’的【过分】), 已安顿，已建立。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of santiṭṭhati] 1. established in (-°), settled, composed Sn.330 (santi-soracca-samādhi°); Sdhp.458; su° firmly or well established Sn.755; Miln.383; in a good position, well situated DhsA.65. -- 2. being composed (as), being of the nature of (-°), ullumpanasabhāva° of a helping disposition DA.I,177; PvA.35. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saṇṭhāti 的【过分】), 已安顿，已建立。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṇṭhiti: {'def': '【阴】安定，坚固，沉淀物。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. santiṭṭhati] 1. stability, firmness S.V,228; Dhs.11; Vism.206; DhsA.143; Sdhp.460. -- 2. fixing, settling Miln.144. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】安定，坚固，沉淀物。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṇṭhāna: {'def': '【中】形状，形式，位置。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. saṁ+sthā] 1. configuration, position; composition, nature, shape, form Vin.II,76; M.I,120 (spelt °nth°); A.I,50; IV,190 (C. osakkana); Miln.270, 316, 405; J.I,71, 291, 368; II,108; Vism.184, 225, 243; DhsA.321; DA.I,88 (nth); SnA 464 (=linga). su° well formed Sn.28. -- adj. (-°) having the appearance of megha-vaṇṇa° PvA.251; chavi° appearance of the skin J.I,489; vaṇṇa° outward semblance Nett 27; J.I,271; sarīra° the (material) body Vism.193. -- 2. fuel J.II,330 =IV.471. -- 3. (usually spelt °nth°) a resting place, meeting place, public place (market) (cp. Sk. sansthāna in this meaning). At S.I,201 in phrase nadī-tīresu saṇṭhāne sabhāsu rathiyāsu (i. e. at all public places). S.I,201 reads saṇṭhāne (v. l. santhāne); cp. K.S. I.256 from C.: “a resting place (vissamana-ṭṭhāne) near the city gate, when market-wares had been brought down,” trslⁿ “resting by the gates.” This stanza is quoted at SnA 20, where the ed. prefers reading panthāne as correct reading (v. l. saṇṭhāne). At M.I,481 (°nth°)= S.II,28 (2 fr. b.), it seems to be used in the sense of “end, stopping, cessation”=A.IV,190 (the editions of S and A have saṇṭhāna). At J.VI,113 it is translated by “market place,” the comp. saṇṭhāna-gata being explained by the Comm. by saṇṭhāna-mariyādaṁ gatā, but at J.VI,360 saṇṭhāna-gata is by the English translator translated “a wealthy man” (vinicchaye ṭhito, Com.), which, however, ought to be “in the court house” (cp. vinicchaya-ṭṭhāna), i. e. publicly. In both places there is also v. l. santhāna-°. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】形状，形式，位置。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṇṭhāti: {'def': '(saṁ+ṭhā +a), 保持，静立不动，被安置。【过】saṇṭhāsi。【独】saṇṭhahitvā,【现分】saṇṭhahanta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'see santiṭṭhati. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(saŋ + ṭhā + a), 保持，静立不动，被安置。【过】 ~ṭhāsi。【独】~ṭhahitvā, 【现分】 ~ṭhahanta。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṭa: {'def': '[most likely=Sk. śada (fall), fr. śad to fall; Kern Toev. s. v. equals it to Sk. sūta (or sṛta) of sṛ (or su) to run (to impel), as in ussaṭa and visaṭa. The Dhtm (789) gives a root saṭ in meaning of “visaraṇa,” i. e. profusion, diffusion (cp. visaṭa)] a fall, a heap of things fallen; only in cpd. paṇṇa° a heap of fallen leaves M.I,21 (=paṇṇa-kacavara MA.I,120); J.II,271. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṭha: {'def': '【形】狡诈的，欺诈的。【阳】欺骗。 ~tā, 【阴】诡计，手腕。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】狡诈的，欺诈的。【阳】欺骗。saṭhatā,【阴】诡计，手腕(ㄨㄢˋ)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. śaṭha] crafty, treacherous, fraudulent D.II,258; III,246; M.I,32, 153; S.IV,299; A.II,41; III,35; V,157; Dh.252; Vin.II,89; Nd¹ 395; Miln.250; Dāvs II.88; DhA.III,375; Dhtp 100 (=keṭave). -- f. saṭhī Pv.II,3⁴. See also kerāṭika, samaya°, sāṭheyya. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṭhatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. saṭha] craft, wickedness Pug.19. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṭhesana: {'def': 'see saṭṭha. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṭhila: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. śithila, which also appears as sithila, e. g. Th.1, 277] loose, inattentive Dh.312. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṭṭha: {'def': '[pp. of sajati¹] dismissed; in cpd. --°esana one who has abandoned all longing or research D.III,269 (cp. Dial. III,247 “has utterly given up quests”); A.II,41 (so read for saṭh°). -- saṭṭha at S.III,84 is to be read seṭṭha, and at S.IV,298 saṭha. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Saṭṭhi: {'def': '(num. ord.) [cp. Sk. ṣaṣṭi: see cha] sixty D.I,45; II,261; Sn.538; DhA.III,412 (ekūna°). It is found mostly in the same application as cha (group-number), e. g. at J.I,64 (°turiya-sahassāni); VvA.92 (id.); J.I,87 (°yojana); VI,512 (°sahassa); DhA.I,8, 17, 26, 131 (°sakaṭa). --°hāyana 60 years old (of elephant) M.I,229; J.II,343. (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】六十。saṭṭhāyana,【形】六十岁。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】六十。 ~hāyana, 【形】六十岁。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṭṭhuŋ: {'def': '(sajati 的【不】), 要放弃，要解散。(p314)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Saṭṭhuṁ: {'def': '(sajati 的【不】), 要放弃，要解散。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'at J.VI,185 (taṁ asakkhi saṭṭhuṁ) is inf. of sajati¹ (sṛj=Sk. sraṣṭuṁ) to dismiss, let loose. The form has caused trouble, since the Com. explains it with gaṇhituṁ “to take.” This has induced Kern (Toev. s. v.) to see in it a very old (even pre-Vedic!) form with *sāḍhuṁ as original. Evidently he derives it fr. sah (Epic Sk. soḍhuṁ!), as he trsl^s it as “to master, overpower. “ (Page 671)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Se: {'def': '(pron.)=taṁ: see under sa². (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Secana: {'def': '【中】参考 Seka。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】洒水。参考 Seka。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Secanaka: {'def': '[fr. seceti] sprinkling J.VI,69; neg. asecanaka (q. v.). (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Secchā: {'def': '=sa-icchā, Sdhp.249. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seceti: {'def': 'see siñcati. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seda: {'def': '【阳】汗，排汗(汗腺位於真皮内，全身汗腺有三百多万条(《清净道论》说︰九万九千的毛孔出不净的汗汁)，每个汗腺都经由一条短的汗管连到皮表的小孔，称作「汗孔」。当人体过热时，就会在皮肤上见到汗。一个人一天排汗量约1000c.c.，炎热天甚至高达7000c.c.)。sedaka,【形】出汗的，排出的。sedana,【中】蒸(馒头等)。sedāvakkhitta,【形】满身大汗的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】汗，排汗。 ~ka, 【形】出汗的，排出的。 ~na, 【中】蒸（馒头等）。 ~avakkhitta, 【形】满身大汗的。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic sveda, fr. svid, cp. Av. xvaēda, Gr. i)drwζ, Lat. sudor, Ags. svāt=E. sweat] sweat D.II,293; A.II,67 sq.; It.76; Sn.196; J.I,118, 138, 146, 243; in detaiḷ (physiologically) at Vism.262, 360; VbhA.66, 245; sweating for medicinal purposes, mahā° a great steambath; sambhāra° bringing about sweating by the use of herbs, etc.; seda-kamma sweating Vin.I,205. -- pl. sedā drops of perspiration DhA.I,253.

--âvakkhitta earned in the sweat of the brow A.II,67 sq., III,45, 76; IV,95, 282. --gata sweat-covered, sweating VvA.305. --mala the stain of sweat J.III,290; VbhA.276. --yūsa sweat Vism.195. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sedaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. seda] sweating, transpiring D.II,265. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sedeti: {'def': '(sid+e), 使蒸发，蒸发，煮沸。【过】sedesi。【过分】sedita。【独】sedetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sid + e), 使蒸发，蒸发，煮沸。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 sedita。【独】sedetvā。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Caus. of sijjati] to cause to transpire, to heat, to steam J.IV,238; V,271; KhA 52, 67; Vin.III,82 (aor. sedesi); ger. sedetvā J.I,324; II,74; pp. sedita. Caus II. sedāpeti J.III,122. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sedita: {'def': '[pp. of sedeti] moistened J.I,52 (su°). Cp. pari°. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Segālaka: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sigāla] a jackal’s cry A.I,187 sq. (°ṁ nadati); cp. sigālika. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sehi: {'def': 'is Instr. pl. of sa⁴ (his own): Dh.136; DhA.III,64. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seka: {'def': '【阳】洒水。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】洒水。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. sic, see siñcati] sprinkling J.I,93 (suvaṇṇa-rasa-s.‹-› piñjara). (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sekadhārī: {'def': '(f.) (?) J.VI,536 (nīlapupphi-°, C. nīlapupphīti ādikā pupphavalliyo). (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sekata: {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. saikata] a sandbank Dāvs.I,32. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sekha: {'def': '(& sekkha) [cp. Sk. śaikṣa; fr. siks, sikkhati] belonging to training, in want of training, imperfect Vin.I,17, 248; III,24; Dhs.1016; one who has still to learn, denotes one who has not yet attained Arahantship D.II,143; M.I,4, 144; A.I,63; Pug.14; It.9 sq., 53, 71; Sn.970, 1038=S.II,47; definition A.I,231; S.V,14, 145, 175, 229 sq., 298, 327; Nd¹ 493 (sikkhatī ti sekkho, etc.) =Nd² 689; VbhA.328. s. pāṭipadā the path of the student M.I,354; III,76, 300; s. sīla the moral practice of the student A.I,219 sq.; II,6, 86 sq.; asekha not to be trained, adept, perfect Vin.I,62 sq.; III,24; Pug.14 (=arahant). See asekha.

--bala the strength of the disciple, of five kinds A.II,150. --sammata esteemed to be under discipline, educated Vin.IV,179. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'sekkha(cp. Sk. waiksa; fr. siks, sikkhati),【阳】有学，学习者，在完美课程的人(belonging to training)。A.3.84./I,231.：“Sikkhatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā sekhoti vuccati.Kiñca sikkhati? Adhisīlampi sikkhati, adhicittampi sikkhati, adhipaññampi sikkhati.”(比丘！‘他学习’；由於它，他被叫做：‘有学’。他学什么？他既学增上戒，亦学增上心，亦学增上慧。比丘！‘他学习’；由於它，他被叫做：‘有学’。) SA.4.23. /I,183.：Sekhoti sīlādīni sikkhamāno sakaraṇīyo.( ‘有学’即戒等、学习、仍然须要学习的人) S.45.13.：“Idha, bhikkhu, sekkhāya sammādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato hoti …pe… sekkhena sammāsamādhinā samannāgato hoti. Ettāvatā kho, bhikkhu, sekkho hotī”ti.(比丘！於此处具足有学之正见…具足有学之正定。比丘！如是者，故为有学。) S.47.26.具寿阿那律说：“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ padesaṁ bhāvitattā sekho hoti”.(友！因修习四念处之范围，故为‘有学’。)S.48.53.：Idha, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu ‘Idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṁ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti--ayampi kho, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma sekho bhikkhu sekhabhūmiyaṁ ṭhito ‘sekhosmī’ti pajānāti”.(诸比丘！此有学之比丘，对此为苦亦如实知，此为苦集亦如实知，此为苦灭亦如实知，此为顺苦灭道亦如实知。诸比丘！有此理趣，依此理趣故，有学之比丘住有学地，知：我为有学。)杂761经：「(有)学正见成就，学正志、正语、正业、正命、正方便、正念、正定成就，是名为(有)学。」(cf. S.45.13)杂976经(cf. 别杂210经)：「随时学增上戒，学增上意，学增上慧。」《瑜伽师地论》卷第六十六：「云何学法？谓或预流或一来或不还有学补特伽罗，若出世、有为法，若世间善法，是名学法。何以故，依止此法於时时中。精进修学增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学故。」(T30.668.1) Dhp.v.45.︰sekho dhammapadaṁ sudesitaṁ, kusalo puppham iva pacessati.(有学说法句，有如花匠编制花圈)。亦即「有学」(证得须陀洹道至阿罗汉道)已知法、见法，所以说法自然巧妙。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'sekkha, 【阳】有学，学习者，在完美课程的人。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sekhara: {'def': '【中】花冠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】花冠。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sekhavant: {'def': '(?) quick J.VI,199 (v. l. sīghavant). (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sekhiya: {'def': '【形】与训练有关的，应当学的。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. sekha] connected with training; s. dhamma rule of good breeding Vin.IV,185 sq. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】与训练有关的，应当学的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sela: {'def': '[fr. silā] rocky Dh.8; (m.) rock, stone, crystal S.I,127; D.II,39; A.III,346; Dh.81; J.II,14; Vin.I,4 sq.; III,147= J.II,284.

--guḷa a rocky ball J.I,147. --maya made of rock (crystal?), of the bowl of the Buddha SnA 139, 159. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】岩石，石头。selamaya,【形】石做的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】岩石，石头。 ~maya, 【形】石做的。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Selaka: {'def': '[sela+ka] “rocky,” a kind of copper (cp. pisāca) VbhA.63. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seleyya: {'def': '【中】安息香树胶（有香味的树脂，从安息香属 (Styrax) 的各种乔木〔尤指在苏门答腊、爪哇和泰国〕获得，商品为淡黄色至棕色，硬而易脆裂有芳香气味的珠状或块状物，主要用于治疗皮肤发炎，用作香料刺激性祛痰剂，用作香料的固定剂，用作香）。 ~ka,【阳】安息香树（落叶乔木 (Styrax benzoin)，齐墩果科。产于苏门答腊、暹罗等处。干高二三丈。叶卵形而尖。夏月开花，带赤色，总状花序。割伤树干，可取树脂，乾燥后，成黄黑色之块，名安息香。可用为药及香料，又可供安息油，安息酸等之制造。惟今普通用之安息香，系取他种香料加胶制成，绝无安息香质料也）。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】安息香树胶(gum benjamin﹐有香味的树脂，从安息香属 (Styrax) 的各种乔木〔尤指在苏门答腊、爪哇和泰国〕获得，商品为淡黄色至棕色，硬而易脆裂有芳香气味的珠状或块状物，主要用於治疗皮肤发炎，用作香料刺激性祛痰剂，用作香料的固定剂，用作香)。seleyyaka,【阳】安息香树(落叶乔木 (Styrax benzoin)，齐墩果科。产於苏门答腊、暹罗等处。干高二三丈。叶卵形而尖。夏月开花，带赤色，总状花序。割伤树干，可取树脂，乾燥后，成黄黑色之块，名安息香。可用为药及香料，又可供安息油，安息酸等之制造。惟今普通用之安息香，系取他种香料加胶制成，绝无安息香质料也)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Semha: {'def': '【中】痰、痰癊(phlegm)。semhika,【形】有痰的人。cf. Silesuma,【阳】痰。《大正藏》第五十四册义净《南海寄归内法传》卷一“朝嚼齿木”条︰“粗胡叶根，极为精也。坚齿口香，消食去癊，用之半月，口气顿除，牙疼齿惫，三旬即愈。要须熟嚼净揩，令涎癊流出，多水净漱,斯其法也。” 《清净道论》(Vism.261.)说，痰长在胃膜中，其颜色为白色；身体的内部约有一鉢的痰。痰不只在胃，也在心包膜上，此浓痰对心脏产生压力。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [=silesuma] phlegm Vin.II,137; D.II,14, 293; A.II,87; III,101; IV,320; Sn.198, 434; Miln.112, 303. Physiologically in detail at Vism.359; VbhA.65, 244. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】痰。 ~hika, 【形】有痰的人。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Semhika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. semha] a man of phlegmatic humour Miln.298. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Semhāra: {'def': 'some sort of animal (monkey?) (explained by makkaṭa) M.I,429. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Semānaka: {'def': '[semāna+ka; ppr. of seti] lying Th.1,14; DhA.I,16. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】躺下的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】躺下的。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sena: {'def': 'senaka,【阳】鹰(hawk)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [Sk. śyena] a hawk J.I,273; II,51, 60; DhA.II,267. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'senaka, 【阳】鹰。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ [=sayana] lying, sleeping; couch, bed J.V,96 (=sayana). (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Senaka: {'def': '¹ a carter ThA.271 (=sākaṭika of Th.2, 443). (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² =sena² J.IV,58, 291; VI,246. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Senesika: {'def': 'at Vin.I,200 is to be read senehika (fr. sineha), i. e. greasy. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seniya: {'def': '[fr. senā] belonging to an army, soldier J.I,314. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seniya-Bimbisāra: {'def': 'm. [=Bimbisāra] 斯尼耶頻毘沙羅 [摩揭陀国王].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》李瑩譯词数 708.'}; {'def': 'm. [=Bimbisāra] 斯尼耶頻毘沙羅 [マガダ国王].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Senā: {'def': '【阴】军队。senāyaka, senāpati, senī,【阳】将军。senāpacca,【中】将军的办公室。senābyūha,【阳】军队的排列。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】军队。 ~nāyaka, ~pati, ~nī, 【阳】将军。 ~pacca, 【中】将军的办公室。 ~byūha, 【阳】军队的排列。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic senā² perhaps fr. si to bind] an army Vin.I,241; IV,104 sq. (where described as consisting of hatthī, assā, rathā, pattī), 160; S.I,112; A.III,397; V,82; J.II,94; Miln.4; Nd¹ 95 (Māra°), 174 (id.).

--gutta [sena°] a high official, a minister of war, only in cpd. mahā-° J.VI,2, 54; mahāsenaguttaṭṭhāna the position of a generalissimo J.V,115. --nāyaka a general Vin.I,73. --pacca the position as general Mhvs 38, 81. --pati a general Vin.I,233 sq.; Sn.556; A.III,38; IV,79; J.I,133; IV,43; dhamma-° a general of the Dhamma Miln.343; DhA.III,305. --patika a general A.III,76, 78, 300. --byūha massing of troops, grouping & fitting up an army Vin.IV,107; D.I,6; Ps.II,213; DA.I,85 (-vyūha). (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Senānī: {'def': 'a general; only in cpd. °-kuṭilatā strategy (lit. crookedness of a general) DhsA.151. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Senāsana: {'def': '【中】住所，休息处。 ~gāhāpaka,【阳】负责分配住所的人。 ~cārikā,【阴】从一住所到另一住所地迁移。 ~paññāpaka, 【阳】住所的管理者。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [sayana+āsana] sleeping and sitting, bed & chair, dwelling, lodging Vin.I,196, 294, 356; II,146, 150 (°parikkhāra-dussa); III,88 etc.; D.II,77; A.I,60; It.103, 109; DA.I,208; J.I,217; VbhA.365 (=seti c’eva āsati ca etthā ti senāsanaṁ). See also panta.

--gāha allotment of lodging-places Vin.II,167. --gāhāpaka house-steward Vin.II,167. --cārikā a wandering from lodging to lodging Vin.I,182, 203; III,21; J 126. --paññāpaka regulator of lodging-places Vin.II,75, 176; III,158 sq.; IV,38. --paṭibāhana keeping out of the lodging J.I,217. --paviveka secluson in respect of lodging A.I,240 sq. --vatta rule of conduct in respect of dwelling Vin.II,220. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】住所(=vihāra, 房舍；精舍；寺院)，休息处，坐卧处，坐卧用品(指生活起居的用具，如床、椅子、床褥、坐垫等)。senāsanagāhāpaka,【阳】负责分配住所的人。senāsanacārikā,【阴】从一住所到另一住所地迁移。senāsanapaññāpaka,【阳】住所的管理者。Vibh. 527.︰“Senāsanan”ti mañcopi senāsanaṁ, pīṭhampi senāsanaṁ, bhisipi senāsanaṁ, bibbohanampi senāsanaṁ, vihāropi senāsanaṁ, aḍḍhayogopi senāsanaṁ, pāsādopi senāsanaṁ, aṭṭopi senāsanaṁ, māḷopi senāsanaṁ, leṇampi senāsanaṁ, guhāpi senāsanaṁ, rukkhamūlampi senāsanaṁ, veḷugumbopi senāsanaṁ. Yattha vā pana bhikkhū paṭikkamanti sabbametaṁ senāsanaṁ.(住处：床是住处；椅子是住处；坐垫、枕头、住所、斜顶屋(台语：单堵水)、尖顶屋、平顶屋、天然山洞、多层华宅、圆屋、石洞、竹林、树下及会堂也都是住处。或者，比丘会回去的任何地方就是住处。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Senāsanakkhandhaka: {'def': 'm. 卧坐具犍度', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sepaṇṇī: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. śrīparṇī, lit. having lucky leaves] name of a tree, Gmelina arborea J.I,173, 174; DhA.I,145. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sephālikā: {'def': '【阴】有芬香花的植物。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】有芬香花的植物。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sereyyaka: {'def': 'name of a tree (Barleria cristata) J.III,253. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sericārī: {'def': '【形】为所欲为的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】为所欲为的。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Serin: {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. svairin] self-willed, independent, according to one’s liking M.I,506; Th.1, 1144; Pv IV.1⁸⁷; J.I,5. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seritā: {'def': '【阴】独立，自由。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】独立，自由。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. serin] independence, freedom Sn.39 sq. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Serivihāra: {'def': '(adj.) [serin+vihāra] lodging at one’s own choice M.I,469 sq.; Vism.66 (°sukhaṁ). (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Serivihārī: {'def': '【形】自己的选择的生活。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】自己的选择的生活。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Serīsaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sirīsa] made of Sirīsa wood, name of a hall D.II,356 sq.; Vv 84⁵³; VvA.331, 351. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Serīsamaha: {'def': 'a festival in honour of the Serīsaka Vimāna Vv 84^{37, 53} (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sesa: {'def': '【形】剩余的，留下的。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. śiṣ] remaining, left D.II,48; Sn.217, 354; J.II,128; (nt.) remainder PvA.14, 70; °-ka the same Mhvs 10, 36; 22, 42; 25, 19. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】剩余的，留下的。asesa,【反】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Seseti: {'def': '(sis + e), 留下。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 sesita。【独】 sesetvā。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': ': see sissati. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sis+e), 留下。【过】sesesi。【过分】sesita。【独】sesetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sessan: {'def': 'sessati see seti. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seta: {'def': '【形】白色的，纯粹的。【阳】白色。 ~kuṭṭha, 【中】白麻疯病。 ~cchatta,【中】白伞（即皇室的象征）。 ~pacchāda, 【形】有白套的。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】白色的，纯粹的。【阳】白色。setakuṭṭha,【中】白麻疯病。setacchatta,【中】白伞(即皇室的象徵)。setapacchāda,【形】有白套的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic śveta & śvitra; cp. Av. spaēta white; Lith. szaitýti to make light; Ohg. hwīz=E. white] white D.II,297=M.I,58; Sn.689; A.III,241; VbhA.63 (opp. kāḷa); J.I,175; PvA.157, 215. name of a mountain in the Himālayas S.I,67=Miln.242; an elephant of King Pasenadi A.III,345.

--aṅga white bodied Mhvs 10, 54. --aṭṭhika lit. (having) white bones, (suffering from) famine [cp. BSk. śvetāsthi Divy 131] Vin.III,6; IV,23; S.IV,323; A.I,160; IV,279. ‹-› f. mildew Vin.II,256; J.V,401. --odaka clear (transparent) water Pv.II,1²⁰. --kambala white blanket J.IV,353. --kamma whitewashing J.VI,432. --kuṭṭha white leprosy J.V,69; VI,196. --geru N. of a plant J.VI,535. --cchatta a white parasol, an emblem of royalty D.II,19; A.I,145; J.I,177, 267; PvA.74; DhA.I,167; III,120. --pacchāda with white covering S.IV,292=Ud.76=DhsA.397. --puppha “white-flowered,” N. of a tree (Vitex trifolia?) J.V,422 (=piyaka). --vārī (& °vārisa) names of plants or trees J.VI,535, 536. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Setaccha: {'def': 'a tree J.VI,535; setacchakūṭa adj. J.VI,539 (sakuṇa). (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Setaka: {'def': '(adj.) [seta+ka] white, transparent D.II,129; M.I,76, 167, 283. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Setapaṇṇi: {'def': '(f. [?]) a tree J.VI,335. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Setaṭṭhika: {'def': '【阴】白骨。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Setaṭṭhikā: {'def': '【阴】霉。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Seti: {'def': '(si + a), 睡觉。【过】 sayi。【现分】 senta, semāna。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '& sayati [śī, Vedic śete & śayate; cp. Av. saēte=Gr. keίtai to lie, w)--keanόs (“ocean”)=Sk. ā-śayānah, koimάw to put to sleep; Ags. h&amacremacr;man to marry; also Lat. cīvis=citizen. -- The Dhtp simply defines as saya (374)] to lie down, to sleep; (applied) to be in a condition, to dwell, behave etc. -- Pres. seti S.I,41, 47, 198 (kiṁ sesi why do you lie asleep? Cp. Pv.II,6¹); J.I,141; Dh.79, 168; Sn.200; VvA.42; sayati Vin.I,57; J.II,53; DA.I,261. Pot. sayeyya Pv.II,3,⁹ & saye It.120. ppr. sayaṁ It.82, 117; Sn.193; sayāna (med.) D.I,90; II,292; M.I,57; It.117; Sn.1145; & semāna D.II,24; M.I,88; S.I,121; J.I,180; also sayamāna Th.1, 95. -- Fut. sessati S.I,83; Sn.970; DhA.I,320. -- Aor. sesi J.V,70; settha Sn.970; sayi J.VI,197, asayittha J.I,335. -- Inf. sayituṁ PvA.157; ger. sayitvā J.II,77. -- pp. sayita (q. v.). -- Caus. II. sayāpeti to make lie down, to bed on a couch etc. J.I,245; V,461; Mhvs 31, 35; PvA.104. -- pp. sayāpita. -- sukhaṁ seti to be at ease or happy S.I,212; J.V,242 (raṭṭhaṁ i. e. is prosperous); opp. dukkhaṁ s. to be miserable A.I,137. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Sayati (sī(梵wī)+a, Vedic wete & wayate), 睡觉，躺下(to lie down, to sleep; (applied) to be in a condition, to dwell, behave)。【过】sayi。【现分】senta, semāna。saye, Opt.3sg.。Pres. seti S.I,41, 47, 198 (kiṁ sesi why do you lie asleep? Cp. Pv.II,61); J.I,141; Dh.79, 168; Sn.200; VvA.42; sayati Vin.I,57; J.II,53; DA.I,261. Pot. sayeyya Pv.II,3,9 & saye It.120. ppr. sayaṁ It.82, 117; Sn.193; sayāna (med.) D.I,90; II,292; M.I,57; It.117; Sn.1145; & semāna D.II,24; M.I,88; S.I,121; J.I,180; also sayamāna Th.1, 95. -- Fut. sessati S.I,83; Sn.970; DhA.I,320. -- Aor. sesi J.V,70; settha Sn.970; sayi J.VI,197, asayittha J.I,335. -- Inf. sayituṁ PvA.157; ger. sayitvā J.II,77. -- pp. sayita (q. v.). -- Caus. II. sayāpeti to make lie down, to bed on a couch etc. J.I,245; V,461; Mhvs 31, 35; PvA.104. -- pp. sayāpita. -- sukhaṁ seti to be at ease or happy S.I,212; J.V,242 (raṭṭhaṁ i. e. is prosperous); opp. dukkhaṁ s. to be miserable A.I,137.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Setu: {'def': '[Vedic setu, to si or sā (see sinoti); cp. Av. haētu dam; Lat. saeta; Ags. sāda rope; etc.] a causeway, bridge Vin.I,230=D.II,89, J.I,199; Vism.412 (simile); DhA.I,83; SnA 357; PvA.102, 151, 215. uttāra°- a bridge for crossing over M.I,134; S.IV,174; Miln.194; naḷa-° a bamboo bridge Th.1, 7.

--kāraka a bridge-maker, one who paves the way S.I,33; Kv 345. --ghāta pulling down of the bridge (leading to something) Vin.I,59; III,6; A.I,220, 261; II,145 sq.; Dhs.299; DhsA.219; DA.I,305; Nd² 462; DhA.IV,36. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】桥。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】桥。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sevaka: {'def': '【阳】仆人，随从。【形】服务的，伴随的。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】仆人，随从。【形】服务的，伴随的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'serving, following; a servant, dependent J.II,12, 125, 420; SnA 453. See vipakkha°. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sevana: {'def': '【中】sevanā,【阴】1.与…结交(台语：交陪kau pue5)。2.服务。3.使用，受用。Sevanāti bhajanā payirupāsanā taṁsahāyatā taṁsampavaṅkatā taṁsamaṅgitā. (结交：具有事实的结交、侍候、友谊、亲密)(KhA.CS:p.104)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 Sevanā, 【阴】 1. 与…结交。 2. 服务。 3. 使用。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sevanatā: {'def': '(-°) (f.) [abstr, fr. sevati]=sevanā VbhA.282 sq. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sevanā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. sevati] following, associating with Sn.259; Dhs.1326; Pug.20; Dhtp 285 (as nt.); cohabiting Vin.III,29. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sevati: {'def': ' [sev] 1. to serve, associate with, resort to Vin.II,203; A.I,124 sq.; Sn.57, 75; Pug.33; It.107; J.III,525; SnA 169. -- 2. to practice, embrace, make use of Vin.I,10=S.V,421; D.III,157; S.I,12; M.III,45; Dh.167, 293, 310; Sn.72, 391, 927; Nd¹ 383, 481; J.I,152, 361; aor. asevissaṁ J.IV,178. -- pp. sevita: see ā°, vi°. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sev服侍、联合+a), 1.服侍，和…来往，光顾(to serve, associate with, resort to)。2.练习，狎近，拥抱，利用，面临(to practice, embrace, make use of)。【过】sevi。【过分】sevita。【现分】sevanta, sevamāna。【独】sevitvā。【义】sevitabba。sevato', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sev + a), 服侍，和…来往，利用，练习。【过】 sevi。【过分】 sevita。【现分】 sevanta, sevamāna。【独】 sevitvā。【潜】 sevitabba。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Seveti: {'def': 'to cause to fall, to throw down J.III,198 (doubtful; C-expl^s as pāteti & gives saveti [=sāveti, Caus. of sru to make glide] as gloss; v. l. also sādeti). (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sevin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sev] serving, practising Sn.749; It.54. See vipakkha°. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sevita: {'def': '(sevati 的【过分】), 1.已用。2.已练习。3.已和…来往。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sevati 的【过分】), 1. 已用。 2. 已练习。 3. 已和…来往。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sevā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. sev] service, resorting to S.I,110; ThA.179. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】服务。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】服务。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sevāla: {'def': '[cp. Epic Sk. śaivala & saivāla] the plant Blyxa octandra moss, A.III,187, 232, 235; J.II,150=DhA.I,144; J.III,520; IV,71; V,462; Miln.35; DhA.III,199; Tikp 12 (in sim.). (m. and nt.) J.V,37; --mālaka (or --mālika) who makes garlands of Blyxa octandra A.V,263; S.IV,312. -- Often comb^d with another waterplant, paṇaka (see under paṇṇaka), e. g. A.III,187; Vism.261 (simile); VbhA.244 (id.); KhA 61 (cp. Schubring, Kalpasūtra p. 46 sq.). (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】苔藓，稀泥，线带草(一种沉水的水生植物 (Vallisneria spiralis)，叶长似带—亦称芹属 (celery)，大叶属 (eelgrass)，水芹属 (water celery)，野生芹属 (wild celery))。sevālapaṇakapariyonaddhā﹐青苔、水草所覆。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】苔藓，稀泥，线带草（一种沉水的水生植物 (Vallisneriaspiralis)，叶长似带—亦称芹属 (celery)，大叶属 (eelgrass)，水芹属 (watercelery)，野生芹属 (wild celery)）。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sevī: {'def': '【阳】联合者，练习的人。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】联合者，练习的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Seyya: {'def': '(梵wreyas),【形】比较好的，优良的。seṭṭha, 最好的(比较级)。【主格】【阳】【中】Seyyo，【主格】【阴】Seyyasi﹐Seyyā，【主格】【中】Seyyaṁ。【离格】Seyyaso。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】比较好的，优良的。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. śreyas, compar. formⁿ] better, excellent; Nom. masc. seyyo S.III,48 sq.; Sn.918; Dh.308; Dhs.1116; J.I,180; Nom. fem. seyyasi J.V,393; Nom. neut. seyyo often used as a noun, meaning good, happiness, wellbeing Vin.I,33; D.I,184; II,330; Sn.427, 440; Dh.76, 100; J.II,44; VI,4 (maraṇaṁ eva seyyo, with Abl. of compar. rajjato); Pv.II,9⁴³ (dhanaṁ); IV,1⁶ (jīvitaṁ); Nom. fem. seyyā J.V,94; Nom. Acc. neutr. seyyaṁ J.II,402; III,237; Abl. as adv. seyyaso “still better” Dh.43; J.II,402; IV,241. Superl. seṭṭha. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seyyaka: {'def': '(‹seyyā),【形】卧者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. seyyā] lying M.I,433, see uttānaseyyaka and gabbhaseyyaka. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seyyathidaṁ: {'def': '﹐Seyyathī’daṁ﹐(sa+yathā+idaṁ)﹐【无】如下。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Seyyathā: {'def': '(=taṁ yathā﹐sa-yathā),【副】如(as, just as)。Seyyathā pi…evaṁ evaṁ(eve)恰如。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adv.) [=taṁ yathā, with Māgadhī se° for ta°; cp. sayathā & taṁyathā] as, just as, s. pi Vin.I,5; D.I,45; It.90, 113; J.I,339; seyyathīdaṁ as follows “i. e.” or “viz.” Vin.I,10; D.I,89; II,91; S.V,421; It.99. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seyyathāpī: {'def': '【无】正如。 ~thī’daŋ, 【无】如下。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【无】正如。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Seyyati: {'def': '[śṛ, Vedic śṛṇāti & śīryate] to crush J.I,174. See also sarati³ & vi°. -- pp. siṇṇa: see vi°. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹wr),【形】破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Seyyo: {'def': '【无】更好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【无】更好。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Seyyā: {'def': '【阴】床，被褥，睡眠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】床，被褥，睡眠。(p352)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Sk. śayyā; fr. śī] a bed, couch M.I,502; A.I,296; Vin.II,167 (°aggena by the surplus in beds); Sn.29, 152, 535; Dh.305, 309; Pv.II,3¹¹; IV,1²; J.VI,197 (gilāna° sick-bed). Four kinds A.II,244; VbhA.345. seyyaṁ kappeti to lie down Vin.IV,15, 18 sq. -- Comb^d with āvasatha, e. g. at A.II,85, 203; III,385; IV,60; V,271 sq. -- As --° used in adj. sense of “lying down, resting,” viz. ussūra° sleeping beyond sunrise D.III,184=DhA.II,227; divā° noon-day rest D.I,112, 167; sīha° like a lion D.II,134; A.IV,87; dukkha° sleeping uncomfortably DhA.IV,8. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seḷeti: {'def': '[according to Kern, Toev. II.78 for sveḷayati, cp. Oir. fét whistle, music etc. Idg. *sveiƶd] to make a noise, shout, cry exultantly Sn.682; J.V,67; Bu I.36. ‹-› pp. seḷita. -- Other, diff. expl^ns of the word see in J.P.T.S. 1885, p. 54. (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seḷita: {'def': '(selita) [pp. of seḷeti] shouting, noise, row J.II,218. To this belongs the doubtful der. selissaka (nt.) noise, row, mad pranks at S.IV,117 (v. l. seleyyaka). (Page 723)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seṇi: {'def': '【阴】公会。 Seṇiya, 【阳】公会主人。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】公会。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [Class. Sk. śreṇi in meaning “guild”; Vedic= row] 1. a guild Vin.IV,226; J.I,267, 314; IV,43; Dāvs II.124; their number was eighteen J.VI,22, 427; VbhA.466. °-pamukha the head of a guild J.II,12 (text seni-). -- 2. a division of an army J.VI,583; ratha-° J.VI,81, 49; seṇimokkha the chief of an army J.VI,371 (cp. senā and seniya). (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seṇiya: {'def': '【阳】公会主人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Seṭṭha: {'def': '【形】最初的，优良的。seṭṭhatara,【形】更优良的。seṭṭhasammata,【形】被认为最好的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】最初的，优良的。 ~tara, 【形】更优良的。 ~sammata, 【形】被认为最好的。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'best, excellent D.I,18, 99; S.III,13; Sn.47, 181, 822, 907; Dh.1, 26; J.I,443; Nd¹ 84=Nd² 502 (with syn.); J.I,88; cp. seṭṭhatara J.V,148.

--kamma excellent, pious deeds Mhvs 59, 9. --sammata considered the best J.III,111. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seṭṭhi: {'def': 'seṭṭhī,【阳】百万富翁。 ~ṭṭhāna,【中】富翁的地位。 ~jāyā, ~bhariyā,【阴】百万富翁的妻子。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'seṭṭhī(fr. seṭṭha, Sk. wresṭhin)),【阳】百万富翁，银行家(foreman of a guild, treasurer, banker, “City man”, wealthy merchant)。seṭṭhāna,【中】富翁的地位。seṭṭhijāyā, seṭṭhibhariyā,【阴】百万富翁的妻子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. seṭṭha, Sk. śreṣṭhin] foreman of a guild, treasurer, banker, “City man”, wealthy merchant Vin.I,15 sq., 271 sq.; II,110 sq., 157; S.I,89; J.I,122; II,367 etc.; Rājagaha° the merchant of Rājagaha Vin.II,154; J.IV,37; Bārāṇasi° the merchant of Benares J.I,242, 269; jana-pada-seṭṭhi a commercial man of the country J.IV,37; seṭṭhi gahapati Vin.I,273; S.I,92; there were families of seṭṭhis Vin.I,18; J.IV,62; °-ṭṭhāna the position of a seṭṭhi J.II,122, 231; hereditary J.I,231, 243; II,64; III,475; IV,62 etc.; seṭṭhânuseṭṭhī treasurers and under-treasurers Vin.I,18; see Vinaya Texts I.102. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Seṭṭhitta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. seṭṭhi] the office of treasurer or (wholesale) merchant S.I,92. (Page 722)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Si: {'def': '(--°) [=svid, for which ordinarily °su] part. of interrogation; e. g. kaṁ--si DhA.I,91. (Page 707)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sibala: {'def': 'N. of a tree J.VI,535. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sibba: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sīv] a suture of the skull; plur. °-āni J.VI,339; sibbinī (f.) the same Vin.I,274. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sibbana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sīv] sewing Sn.304=J.IV,395; J.I,220; VI,218. sibbanī (f.) “seamstress”=greed, lust Dhs.1059; A.III,399; DhsA.363; Sn.1040 (see lobha). --°magga suture Vism.260; KhA 60 (id.). (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】裁缝。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】裁缝。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sibbanī: {'def': '【阴】女裁缝师，渴望。 ~magga, 【阳】缝合处。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】女裁缝师，渴望。sibbanīmagga,【阳】缝合处。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sibbati: {'def': '(siv +ya), 缝，缝纫。【过】sibbi。【过分】sibbita。【独】sibbitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': ' [sīv, Vedic sīvyati. The root is sometimes given as siv, e. g. Dhtp 390, with defⁿ “tantu-santāna”] to sew J.IV,25; VvA.251. Pres. also sibbeti Vin.II,116; IV,61, 280; ger. sibbetvā J.I,316; grd. sibbitabba J.I,9; aor. sibbi J.IV,25; & sibbesi Vin.II,289; inf. sibbetuṁ, Vin.I,203. -- pp. sibbita. -- Caus. II. sibbāpeti J.II,197; Vin.IV,61. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(siv + ya), 缝，缝纫。【过】 sibbi。【过分】 sibbita。【独】 sibbitvā。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sibbeti: {'def': '(siv + e), 缝纫。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 sibbita。【独】~betvā。【现分】 ~benta。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(siv+e), 缝纫。【过】sibbesi。【过分】sibbita。【独】sibbbetvā。【现分】sibbenta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sibbinī: {'def': 'Dhs.1059, read sibbanī. Cp. sibba. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sibbita: {'def': '[pp. of sibbati] sewn Vin.IV,279 (dus°); J.IV,20 (su°); VbhA.252 (°rajjukā). Cp. vi° & pari°. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sibbitar: {'def': '[n. ag. fr. sīv] one who sews M.III,126. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sibbāpana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sibbāpeti] causing to be sewn Vin.IV,280. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sibbāpeti: {'def': '(sibbati 的【使】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sibbati 的【使】)。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siddha: {'def': '(sijjhati‘发生’的【过分】), 已结束，已完成，已发生。siddhattha,【形】做完工作的人。【阳】芥末(mustard)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】半神的灵物，魔术家。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ [a specific Pali formation fr. sijjati (svid) in meaning “to cook,” in analogy to siddha²] boiled, cooked J.II,435 (=pakka); V,201 (°bhojana); Miln.272; SnA 27 (°bhatta=pakk’odana of Sn.18). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [pp. of sijjhati] ended, accomplished Mhvs 23, 45, 78; successful Miln.247. -- (m.) a kind of semi-divine beings possessed of supernatural faculties, a magician Miln.120, 267 [cp. Sk. siddha Halāyudha 1, 87; Yogasūtra 3, 33; Aufrecht remarks: “This is a post-vedic mythological fiction formed on the analogy of sādhya”].

--attha one who has completed his task Miln.214. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】半神的灵物，魔术家。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sijjhati 的【过分】), 已结束，已完成，已发生。 ~ttha, 【形】做完工作的人。【阳】芥末。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siddhattha: {'def': 'Siddhatthika: m. 義成部[南方大衆部案達派中の部派名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': 'Siddhatthika m. 義成部[南方大衆部案達派中の部派名].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. Siddhāratha] 悉達多, 義成就[釈尊の幼名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Siddhatthaka: {'def': '[Sk. siddhārthaka] white mustard ThA.181 (Ap. V,24); J.III,225; VI,537; DhA.II,273 (in Kisāgotamī story). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】芥末种子。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】芥末种子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siddhatthika: {'def': 'Siddhattha: m. 義成部[南方大衆部案達派中の部派名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Siddhi: {'def': '【阴】成就，成功。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. sidh, Vedic siddhi] accomplishment, success, prosperity Mhvs 29, 70; Sdhp.14, 17, 325, 469; PvA.63 (attha° advantage); padasiddhi substantiation of the meaning of the word DA.I,66; cp. sadda°. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】成就，成功。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siddhika: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. siddhi] connected with success; nāmasiddhika who thinks luck goes by names J.I,401; appasiddhika unprofitable, fatal, etc. J.IV,4, 5 (sāgara); VI,34 (samudda). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siggu: {'def': '【阳】辣木（一种东印度群岛乔木 (Moringa oleifera)，具辣味的根，热带普遍栽培，因其伸长的蒴果幼时可腌食，其种子产生辣木油）。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Vedic śigru, N. of a tribe; as a tree in Suśruta] name of a tree (Hyperanthera moringa) J.III,161; V,406. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】辣木(Moringa oleifera；horse radish tree﹐一种乔木，具辣味的根，因其伸长的蒴果幼时可腌食，其种子产生辣木油)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sigāla: {'def': '﹐Siṅgāla﹐(cp. Vedic srgāla; as loan-word in English= jackal),【阳】豺，野干(jackal )。sigālī﹐【阴】雌豺狼(a female jackal )。Siṇgālaka,【阳】豺狼仔(人名，见D.31.：Siṅgālako gahapatiputto)。说明：豺狼与狼是两种动物，豺要比狼个头小，长的更像狗，但比狼凶狠。这两种动物都是群居，不过狼群组成更加社会化。群攻猎物时，当一豺失利，周围的豺群来支援；但狼只根据情势选择进退。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】豺，野干。 ~ka, 【中】豺嗥。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(śṛ°) [cp. Vedic sṛgāla; as loan-word in English= jackal] a jackal D.II,295; III,24 sq.; A.I,187; S.II,230, 271; IV,177 sq. (text singāla); IV,199; J.I,502; III,532 (Pūtimaṁsa by name). -- sigālī (f.) a female jackal J.I,336; II,108; III,333 (called Māyāvī); Miln.365. -- See also siṅgāla. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sigālika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sigāla] belonging to a jackal J.II,108; III,113 (°aṁ nādaṁ, cp. segalikaṁ A.I,187, where the Copenhagen MS. has sigālakaṁ corrected to segālakaṁ). -- (nt.) a jackal’s roar (sigālakaṁ nadati) D.III,25. Cp. segālaka. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sijjati: {'def': ' [svid, Epic Sk. svidyate] to boil (intr.), to sweat; ppr. sijjamāna boiling J.I,503; Caus. sedeti (q. v.). The Dhtp 162 gives “pāka” as meaning of sid. -- pp. sinna (wet) & siddha¹ (cooked). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(svid, Epic Sk. svidyate),煮、汗(to boil (intr.), to sweat)。ppr. sijjamāna boiling J.I.503; Caus. sedeti (q. v.). The Dhtp 162 gives “pāka” as meaning of sid. -- pp. sinna (wet) & siddha1 (cooked).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sijjhana: {'def': '【中】发生，成功。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】发生，成功。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sijjhati: {'def': '(sidh + ya), 发生，成功，有用。【过】 sijjhi。【过分】 siddha。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sidh+ya；Sk. sidhyate), 发生，成功，有用(to succeed, to be accomplished, to avail, suit)。【过】sijjhi。【过分】siddha。inf. sijjhituṁ.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': ' [sidh; Epic Sk. sidhyate. The Dhtp gives 2 roots sidh, viz. one as “gamana” (170), the other as “saṁsidhi” (419)] to succeed, to be accomplished, to avail, suit SnA 310; PvA.58, 113, 254 (inf. sijjhituṁ). -- pp. siddha. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikatā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. sikatā] sand, gravel; suvaṇṇa° gold dust A.I,253. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】沙。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】沙。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sikhara: {'def': '【中】顶端，顶点，山顶。 ~rī, 【阳】山。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】顶端，顶点，山顶。sikharī,【阳】山。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. śikhara] the top, summit of a mountain J.VI,519; Miln.2; a peak DhA.III,364 (°thūpiyo or °thūpikāyo peaked domes); the point or edge of a sword M.I,243; S.IV,56; crest, tuft J.II,99; (this is a very difficult reading; it is explained by the C. by sundara (elegant); Trenckner suggests singāra, cp. II.98); a bud Th.2, 382. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikhariṇī: {'def': '(f.) [fr. last] a kind of woman (with certain defects of the pudendum) Vin.II,271; III,129 (text, °aṇī). (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikhaṇḍin: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [Sk. śikhaṇḍin] 1. tufted, crested (as birds); J.V,406; VI,539; Th.1, 1103 (mayūra); with tonsured hair (as ascetics) J.III,311. -- 2. a peacock J.V,406; VvA.163. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikhi: {'def': '（诸佛名）西奇，（古音译：）尸弃，式弃，式诘', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '西奇佛（尸弃佛）。三十一大劫以前的西奇佛；
在《长部·大传记经》中说：
“诸比库，距今三十一劫以前，西奇世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者曾出现于世。”（D.14）', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Sikhi-buddha: {'def': '(梵Wikhi-buddha)﹐尸弃佛，过去七佛之第二佛。意译顶髻、有髻、火首、最上。依《长阿含经》卷一〈大本经〉之说，尸弃佛生於过去三十一劫时，其时人寿七万岁，姓拘利若(Koṇḍañña)，为刹帝利种明相(Aruṇa)之子。於分陀利(puṇḍarīka)树下成正觉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sikhin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sikhā] crested, tufted Th.1, 22 (mora); J.II,363 (f. °inī). Also name of (a) the fire J.I,215, 288; (b) the peacock Sn.221, 687. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '尸棄 [過去七仏の一]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sikhā: {'def': '(Vedic wikhā),【阴】顶、头顶、端(point)，边缘(edge)，冠羽(crest)，火焰(of a flame)。西卡(量玉米的容器之顶)。aggisikhā﹐【阴】火焰。sikhābandha﹐【阳】顶髻(topknot)。vātasikhā (tikkhā)﹐【阴】暴发狂怒(a raging blast)。Susikha﹐【形】(孔雀)鸟冠羽的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】鸟冠，鸟的冠毛，顶髻，火焰。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic śikhā] point, edge M.I,104; crest, topknot DA.I,89; J.V,406; of a flame Dh.308; DhsA.124; of fire (aggi°) Sn.703; J.V,213; (dhūma°) J.VI,206; of a ray of light J.I,88; in the corn trade, the pyramid of corn at the top of the measuring vessel DA.I,79; °-bandha top-knot D.I,7; vātasikhā (tikkhā a raging blast) J.III,484; susikha (adj.) with a beautiful crest Th.1, 211 (mora), 1136. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikhī: {'def': '【阳】火，孔雀。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】火，孔雀。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sikkhamānā: {'def': '【阴】式叉摩那，正学女。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sikkhā学+mānā正在, ppr.),【阴】式叉摩那，正学女。Dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya ubhatosaṅghe upasampadā pariyesitabbā.(式叉摩那在二年间，对於六法所应学者学完后，於二众(比丘、比丘尼)求受具足戒。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sikkhana: {'def': '【中】学习，训练。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】学习，训练。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. śikṣ] training, study J.I,58. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikkhati: {'def': '(sikkh + a), 学习，训练自己，练习。【过】 sikkhi。【过分】 sikkhita。【现分】 ~khanta, ~khamāna。【独】 ~khitvā。【潜】 ~khitabba。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic śikṣati; Desid. to śak: see sakkoti. -- The Dhtp (12) gives “vijj’opādāna” as meaning] 1. to learn, to train oneself (=ghaṭati vāyamati Vism.274); usually combined with the locative, thus sikkhā-padesu s. to train oneself in the Sikkhāpadas D.I,63, 250; Vin.I,84; It.96, 118; also with the dative, indicating the purpose; thus vinayāya s. to train oneself to give up Sn.974; the thing acquired by training is also put in the accusative; thus nibbānaṁ s. to learn, to train oneself towards Nibbāna Sn.940, 1061; Miln.10; Pot. sikkheyyāsi Miln.10; sikkheyyāma D.II,245; sikkhema Sn.898; sikkhe Sn.974; sikkheyya Sn.930. Fut. sikkhissāmi Vin.IV,141; sikkhissāmase Sn.814; ppr. sikkhanto Sn.657; ppr. med. sikkhamāna training oneself Vin.IV,141; D.II,241; It.104, 121; sikkhamānā (f.) a young woman undergoing a probationary course of training in order to become a nun Vin.I,135, 139, 145, 147, 167; IV,121; A.III,276; S.II,261; grd. sikkhitabba Vin.I,83; J.VI,296; M.I,123; D.II,138; Miln.10; & sikkha that ought to be learnt Miln.10; inf. sikkhituṁ Vin.I,84, 270; ger. sikkhitvā Miln.219. -- 2. to want to overcome, to try, tempt D.II,245. -- pp. sikkhita. ‹-› Caus. II. sikkhāpeti to teach, to train J.I,162, 187, 257; DA.I,261; Miln.32; PvA.3, 4. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sikkh+a)( √sak(sk. wak)‘能干’的意欲语态(desiderative)变化), 学习，训练自己，练习。【过】sikkhi。【过分】sikkhita。【现分】sikkhanta, sikkhamāna。【独】sikkhitvā。【义】sikkhitabba。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sikkhaṇḍa: {'def': '【阳】孔雀的冠羽。sikkhaṇḍī,【阳】孔雀。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】孔雀的冠。 ~ṇḍī, 【阳】孔雀。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sikkhita: {'def': '[pp. of sikkhati] trained, taught Vin.IV,343 (°sikkha, adj., trained in . . .; chasu dhammesu); Miln.40; PvA.263 (°sippa). (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sikkhati 的【过分】)。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sikkhati 的【过分】)已学习，已练习。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sikkhā: {'def': '【阴】学，学科，纪律。 ~kāma, 【形】想学的（戒）。 ~paka, ~panaka,【阳】老师，教练。 ~pada, 【中】教训，戒。 ~pana,【中】教义，教育。 ~samādāna, 【中】自己就要持戒。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(梵 Wiksa),【阴】学，学科，纪律。sikkhākāma,【形】想学的(戒)。sikkhāpaka, sikkhāpanaka,【阳】老师，教练。sikkhāpada,【中】学处，戒条。sikkhāpana,【中】教义，教育。sikkhāsamādāna,【中】自己就要持戒。《律藏》(Pārā.III,21.)：「诸比丘！基於十种利益，我将为比丘们制定学处(=戒条)(Tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca)：1.为了僧团的清净(saṅghasuṭṭhutāya)、2.为了僧团的和乐(saṅghaphāsutāya)、3.为了诸恶人的调伏(dummaṅkūnaṁ puggalānaṁ niggahāya)、4.为了诸善比丘的安乐住(pesalānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ phāsuvihārāya)、5.为了防止现世诸漏(diṭṭhadhammikānaṁ āsavānaṁ saṁvarāya)、6.为了击退来世诸漏(samparāyikanaṁ āsavānaṁ paṭighātāya)、7.为了引导没有信的人生信(appasannānaṁ pasādāya)、8.为了引导已生信的人更增长(pasannānaṁ bhiyyobhāvāya)、9.为了正法久住(saddhammaṭṭhitiyā)、10.为戒律的摄受(保护)(vinayānuggahāya)。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic śikṣā] 1. study, training, discipline Vin.III,23; D.I,181; A.I,238; S.II,50, 131; V,378; Dhs.1004; VbhA.344 (various). -- sikkhaṁ paccakkhātaka one who has abandoned the precepts Vin.I,135, 167; II,244 sq. (cp. sikkhā-paccakkhāna Vin.II,279, and sikkhaṁ apaccakkhāya Vin.III,24; S.IV,190; sikkhā apaccakkhātā, ibid.); tisso sikkhā S.III,83; Ps.I,46 sq.; Miln.133, 237; Nd¹ 39; explained as adhisīla-, adhicitta-, and adhipaññā-sikkhā A.I,234 sq.; Nett 126; with the synonyms saṁvara, samādhi & paññā at Vism.274. ‹-› 2. (as one of the 6 Vedāṅgas) phonology or phonetics, comb^d with nirutti (interpretation, etymology) DA.I,247=SnA 447.

--ānisaṁsa whose virtue is training, praise of discipline A.II,243; It.40 --ânusantatavutti whose behaviour is thoroughly in accordance with the discipline Nett 112. --kāma anxious for training Vin.I,44; D.II,101; S.V,154, 163; A.I,24, 238; °-tā anxiety for training J.I,161. --samādāna taking the precepts upon oneself Vin.I,146; Miln.162; A.I,238 sq.; IV,15; V,165. --sājīva system of training Vin.III,23 sq.; Pug.57. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikkhāpada: {'def': '(nt.) [sikkhā+pada, the latter in sense of pada 3. Cp. BSk. śikṣāpada] set of precepts, “preceptorial,” code of training; instruction, precept, rule. -- 1. in general: D.I,63, 146, 250; M.I,33; A.I,63, 235 sq.; II,14, 250 sq.; III,113, 262; IV,152, 290 sq.; S.II,224; V,187; Vin.I,102; II,95, 258; III,177; IV,141 (sahadhammika), 143 (khudd’ânukhuddakāni); It.96, 118; VbhA.69 (bhesajja°); DhA.III,16. -- 2. in special: the 5 (or 10) rules of morality, or the precepts to be adopted in particular by one who is entering the Buddhist community either as a layman or an initiate. There seem to have been only 5 rules at first, which are the same as the first 5 sīlas (see sīla 2 b): S.II,167; Vbh.285 (expl^d in detail at VbhA.381 sq.); DhA.I,32 and passim. To these were added another 5, so as to make the whole list (the dasasikkhāpadaṁ or °padāni) one of 10 (which are not the 10 sīlas!). These are (6) vikāla-bhojanā (-veramaṇī) not eating at the wrong hour; (7) nacca-gītavādita-visūka-dassanā° to avoid worldly amusements; (8) mālā-gandha-vilepana-dhāraṇa-maṇḍana-vibhūsanaṭṭhānā° to use neither unguents nor ornaments; (9) uccā-sayana-mahā-sayanā° not to sleep on a high, big bed; (10) jātarūpa rajata-paṭiggahaṇā° not to accept any gold or silver: Vin.I,83=Kh II.; A.I,211, and frequently. -- dasa-sikkhāpadikā (f.) conforming to the 10 obligations (of a nun) Vin.IV,343 (=sāmaṇerī). There is nowhere any mention of the 8 sikkhāpadas as such, but they are called aṭṭhaṅgika uposatha (see sīla 2b), e. g. Mhvs 37, 202. -- diyaḍḍha-sikkhāpada-sata the 150 precepts, i. e. the Pāṭimokkha A.I,230, 234; Miln.243. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikkhāpaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sikkhāpeti] teaching PvA.252; Miln.164. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikkhāpana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sikkhāpeti] teaching Miln.163. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikkhāpanaka: {'def': 'teaching J.I,432. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sikkā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. śikyā] string, string of a balance Vin.II,110; 131, J.I,9; II,399; III,13 (text sikkhā); VI,242; VvA.244 (muttā° string of pearls); Kvu 336 sq. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】网袋，络囊。(p342)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】网袋，络囊。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sikāyasa-maya: {'def': '(adj.) [made of tempered steel (said of swords) J.VI,449 (cp. Note of the trslⁿ p. 546). (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Silesa: {'def': '【阳】1.谜，难题，双关语。2.带粘性的物质。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 谜，难题，双关语。 2. 带粘性的物质。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. śliṣ] junction, embrace; a rhetoric figure, riddle, puzzle, pun J.V,445 (silesūpamā said of women=purisānaṁ cittabandhanena silesasadisā, ibid. 447). (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Silesuma: {'def': '【阳】痰(phlegm)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. śleṣman, fr. śliṣ. This the diæretic form for the usual contracted form semha] phlegm Pv.II,2³ (=semha PvA.80). (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】痰。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siliṭṭha: {'def': '[cp. Sk. śliṣṭa, pp. of śliṣ to clasp, to which śleṣman slime=P. silesuma & semha. The Dhtp (443) expl^d silis by “ālingana”] adhering, connected A.I,103; DA.I,91; J.III,154; DhsA.15; Sdhp.489 (a°). (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】平滑的。 ~tā, 【阴】平滑。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】平滑的。siliṭṭhatā,【阴】平滑。asiliṭṭha,【反】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siliṭṭhatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. siliṭṭha] adherence, adhesion, junction Nd² 137 (byañjana°, of “iti”). (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siloka: {'def': '【阳】 1. 名望。 2. 诗。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic śloka Dhtp 8: silok=saṅghāta] fame D.II,223, 255; M.I,192; S.II,226 (lābha-sakkāra°); A.II,26, 143; Sn.438; Vin.I,183; J.IV, 223 (=kitti-vaṇṇa); Miln.325; SnA 86 (°bhaṇana, i. e. recitation); pāpasiloka having a bad reputation Vin.IV,239; asiloka blame A.IV,364 (°bhaya); J.VI,491. -- 2. a verse Miln.71; J.V,387. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】1.名望(fame)。2.诗(a verse)。Pāci.IV,239CS:Pāci.pg.311)︰Pāpasilokāti pāpakena micchājīvena jīvitaṁ kappenti.(坏名声︰升起不好的名誉。坏名望︰过著坏的邪命生活。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Silokavant: {'def': '(adj.) [siloka+vant] famous M.I,200. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siluccaya: {'def': '【阳】岩石。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】岩石。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Silutta: {'def': '【阳】吃鼠的蛇。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】吃鼠的蛇。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'a rat snake J.VI,194 (=gharasappa). (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Silā: {'def': '【阴】石头。silāguḷa,【阳】石球。silātthambha,【阳】石柱。silāpaṭṭa,【中】石平板。silāpākāra,【阳】石壁。silāmaya,【形】石头做的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】石头。 ~guḷa, 【阳】石球。 ~tthambha, 【阳】石柱。 ~paṭṭa,【中】石平板。 ~pākāra, 【阳】石壁。 ~maya, 【形】石头做的。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. śilā] a stone, rock Vin.I,28; S.IV,312 sq.; Vin 445; DA.I,154; J.V,68; Vism.230 (in comparison); VbhA.64 (var. kinds); a precious stone, quartz Vin.II,238; Miln.267, 380; Vv 84¹⁵ (=phalika° VvA.339); pada-silā a flag-stone Vin.II,121, 154. Cp. sela.

--uccaya a mountain A.III,346; Th.1, 692; J.I,29; VI,272, 278; Dāvs.V,63. --guḷa a ball of stone, a round stone M.III,94. --tthambha (sila°) stone pillar Mhvs 15, 173. --paṭimā stone image J.IV,95. --paṭṭa a slab of stone, a stone bench J.I,59; VI,37 (maṅgala°); SnA 80, 117. --pākāra stone wall Vin.II,153. --maya made of stone J.VI,269, 270; Mhvs 33, 22; 36, 104. --yūpa a stone column S.V,445; A.IV,404; Mhvs 28, 2. --santhāra stone floor Vin.II,120. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Silābhu: {'def': '(nt.) a whip snake J.VI,194 (=nīlapaṇṇavaṇṇasappa). (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Silāghati: {'def': '[Epic Sk. ślāgh] to extol, only in Dhtp 30 as root silāgh, with defⁿ “katthana,” i. e. boasting. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(silāgh+a), 颂扬，自夸。【过】silāghi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(silāgh + a), 颂杨，自夸。【过】 ~ghi。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Silāghā: {'def': '【阴】称赞。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】称赞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Simbali: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Vedic śimbala flower of the B., cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 109] the silk-cotton tree Bombax heptaphyllum J.I,203; III,397; Vism.206; DhA.I,279. °-vana a forest of simbali trees J.I,202; II,162 (s. °-pālibhaddaka-vana); IV,277. sattisimbalivana the sword forest, in purgatory J.V,453. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Simbalī: {'def': '【阳】丝棉树（一种魁伟的乔木 (Ceiba pentandra)，广泛栽培于热带地区，树干粗大，板根呈脊状，荚大，内充满着由绢丝状的毛包着种子，从绢丝毛可得到与栽培的木棉相似的纤维木棉花—亦称孟买吉贝 (Bombay ceiba)，神树 (God tree)，吉贝 (Ceiba)）。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】丝棉树、木棉树(silk-cotton tree﹐一种魁伟的乔木 (Ceiba pentandra)，广泛栽培於热带地区，树干粗大，板根呈脊状，荚大，内充满著由绢丝状的毛包著种子，从绢丝毛可得到与栽培的木棉相似的纤维木棉花—亦称孟买吉贝 (Bombay ceiba)，神树 (God tree)，吉贝(Ceiba))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sindhava: {'def': '【形】信度人的。【阳】岩盐，信度马。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】信度人的。【阳】岩盐，信度马。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. saindhava] belonging to the Sindh, a Sindh horse J.I,175; II,96; III,278; V,259; DhA.IV,4 (=Sin‹-› dhava-raṭṭhe jatā assā); (nt.) rock salt Vin.I,202; Sindhavaraṭṭha the Sindh country ThA.270; J.V,260. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'a. [Sk. Saindhava＜Sindhu] 辛頭産の, 辛頭産の馬, 駿馬, 辛頭産の塩, 岩塩, 辛頭国, 辛頭国人.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Sindhavāra: {'def': 'see sinduvāra. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sindhu: {'def': '信度, 身毒, 印度, 天竺[国名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': '【阳】大海，河。 ~raṭṭha, 【中】信度国。~saṅgama, 【阳】合流河的河口。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Prakrit：Hindhu),【阳】大海，河。Sindhuraṭṭha,【中】印度、信度国、身毒、鸡毒、贤豆。sindhusaṅgama,【阳】合流河的河口。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sindhū: {'def': 'f. 信度河, インダス河', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sinduvāra: {'def': '[Sk. sinduvāra] the tree Vitex negundo DA.I,252; DhsA.14, 317; also spelt sindhavāra VvA.177; sinduvārikā J.VI,269; sindhuvāritā (i. e. sinduvārikā?) J.VI,550=553; sinduvārita J.IV,440, 442 (v. l. °vārakā). (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sindī: {'def': '(f.) [etym.?] N. of a tree Vism.183, where KhA 49 in id. passage reads khajjūrikā. See also Abhp 603; Deśīn VIII,29. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】海枣树(date plam﹐见 Khajjūrī)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】海枣树（见 Khajjūrī）。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sindūra: {'def': '【阳】雄黄，二硫化二砷。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】雄黄，二硫化二砷。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sineha: {'def': 'sneha, 【阳】爱，油，脂肪。 ~hana, 【中】涂油。 ~bindu, 【中】一滴油。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'sneha(多用在诗中),(‹snih)【阳】1.油，脂肪(oily liquid)。2.爱(affection)。3.黏(viscosity)。sinehana,【中】涂油。sinehabindu,【中】一滴油。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& sneha [fr. snih] Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry. ‹-› A. sineha: 1. viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap S.I,134; A.I,223 sq.; J.I,108; Dhs.652 (=sinehana DhsA.335); Vism.262 (thīna°=meda; vilīna°=vasā). -- 2. fat J.II,44 (bahu°); VbhA.67. -- 3. affection, love, desire, lust J.I,190; II,27; PvA.82. -- B. sneha: 1. (oily liquid) D.I,74; Pv III,5² (aṅguṭṭha°, something like milk; expl^d as khīra PvA.198). -- 2. (affection) A.II,10; S.IV,188 (kāma°); Sn.36, 209, 943 (=chanda, pema, rāga, Nd¹ 426); J.IV,11.

--anvaya following an affection Sn.36. --gata anything moist or oily A.III,394 sq.; DhsA.335. --ja sprung from affection Sn.272; S.I,207. --bindu a drop of oil Vism.263. --virecana an oily purgative J.III,48. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sinehaka: {'def': 'a friend Mhvs 36, 44. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sinehana: {'def': '(nt.) oiling, softening Miln.229; DhsA.335. ‹-› Cp. senehika. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sinehaniya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. formation fr. sinehana] softening, oily; °āni bhesajjāni softening medicines Miln.172 (opp. lekhaniyāni). (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sineheti: {'def': '(sineha 的【派】), 爱，涂油。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sineha‘爱﹑油’的【派】), 爱，涂油。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sinehita: {'def': '[pp. of sineheti] lustful, covetous Dh.341; DhA.IV,49. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sineru: {'def': 'm. [=Neru, Meru, Sumeru. Sk. Sumeru] 須弥, 妙高[世界最高の山].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Sinerupabbatarāja: {'def': '【阳】﹐须弥山(王)，又作妙高山，为一小世界之中心。器世界之最下为风轮，其上为水轮，再上为金轮(即地轮)，上有九山八海，中心即为须弥山，入水八万由旬，出水亦八万由旬。九山八海之最外围为轮围山(Cakkavāḷa-pabbata铁轮围山、金刚山)，铁围山环绕著咸海，赡部洲等四大洲即位於此咸海之四方。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siniddha: {'def': '[pp. of siniyhati; cp. Epic Sk. snigdha] 1. wet, moist Vism.171. -- 2. oily, greasy, fatty J.I,463, 481; SnA 100 (°āhāra fattening food). -- 3. smooth, glossy J.I,89; IV,350 (of leaves); Miln.133. -- 4. resplendent, charming ThA.139. -- 5. pliable Vin.I,279 (kāya, a body with good movement of bowels). -- 6. affectionate, attached, fond, loving J.I,10; Miln.229, 361; VbhA.282 (°puggala-sevanatā). (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】光滑的，平滑的，易曲折的，软的，锺情的，文雅的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】光滑的，平滑的，易曲折的，软的，钟情的。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siniyhati: {'def': '[Vedic snihyate, snih; cp. Av. sn&amacremacr; ƶaiti it snows= Lat. ninguit, Gr. nei/gei; Oir. snigid it rains; Lat. nix snow=Gr. ni/ga =Goth, snaiws, Ohg. sneo=snow; Oir. snige rain; etc. -- The Dhtp 463 gives the 2 forms sinih & snih in meaning pīṇana. Cp. sineha] (to be moist or sticky, fig.) to feel love, to be attached Vism.317=DhsA.192 (in defⁿ of mettā). Caus. sineheti (sneheti, snehayati) to lubricate, make oily or tender (through purgatives etc.) Vin.I,279 (kāyaṁ); Miln.172; DA.I,217 (temeti+); to make pliable, to soften Miln.139 (mānasaṁ). -- pp. siniddha. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sinna: {'def': '[pp. of sijjati; Vedic svinna] 1. wet with perspiration Vin.I,46, 51; II,223. -- 2. boiled (cp. siddha¹) esp. in the comp. udaka-sinna-paṇṇa; it occurs in a series of passages J.III,142, 144; IV,236, 238, where Fausböll reads sitta, although the var. readings give also sinna. The English translation, p. 149, says “sprinkled with water,” but the text, 238, speaks of leaves which are “sodden” (sedetvā). (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sinoti: {'def': ' [sā or si; Vedic syati & sināti; the Dhtp 505 gives si in meaning “bandhana”] to bind DhsA.219 (sinoti bandhatī ti setu). pp. sita³. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sināna: {'def': '【中】沐浴。sināni﹐洗粉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. snā] bathing M.I,39; S.I,38, 43; IV,118; Nd² 39; Vism.17; VbhA.337. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】沭浴。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sinānī: {'def': '(f.) bath-powder (?) M.II,46, 151, 182. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sināta: {'def': '[pp. of sināti] bathed, bathing M.I,39; S.I,169= 183; J.V,330. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sināti: {'def': '² [Vedic snāti, snā. For detail see nahāyati. The Dhtp 426 gives root sinā in meaning “soceyya,” i. e. cleaning] to bathe; imper. sināhi M.I,39; inf. sināyituṁ M.I,39; aor. sināyi Ap 204. -- pp. sināta. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (to bind): see sinoti. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sippa: {'def': '【中】技术，手艺。 ~ṭṭhāna, ~āyatana, 【中】知识的分科，工艺。 ~sālā, 【阴】学校（技术）。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】技术，手艺。sippaṭṭhāna, sippāyatana,【中】知识的分科，工艺。sippasālā,【阴】学校(技术)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Sk. śilpa] art, branch of knowledge, craft Sn.261; A.III,225; IV,281 sq., 322; D.III,156, 189; J.I,239, 478; Miln.315; excludes the Vedas Miln.10; sabbasippāni J.I,356, 463; II,53; eight various kinds enumerated M.I,85; twelve crafts Ud.31, cp. dvādasavidha s. J.I,58; eighteen sippas mentioned J.II,243; some sippas are hīna, others ukkaṭṭha Vin.IV,6 sq.; VbhA.410. asippa untaught, unqualified J.IV,177; VI,228=asippin Miln.250. -- sippaṁ uggaṇhāti to learn a craft VvA.138.

--āyatana object or branch of study, art D.I,51; Miln.78; VbhA.490 (pāpaka). --uggahaṇa taking up, i. e. learning, a craft J.IV,7; PvA.3. --ṭṭhāna a craft M.I,85; cp. BSk. śilpasthāna Divy 58, 100, 212. --phala result of one’s craft D.I,51. --mada conceit regarding one’s accomplishment VbhA.468. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sippaka: {'def': '=sippa J.I,420. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sippavant: {'def': '[fr. sippa] one who masters a craft J.VI,296. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sippika: {'def': '[fr. sippa] an artisan Sn.613, 651; Miln.78; Vism.336. Also sippiya J.VI,396, 397. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'sippi, 【阳】艺术家，工匠。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'sippi,【阳】艺术家，工匠(artisan)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sippikā: {'def': '1 (‹sippī),【阴】牡蛎(a pearl oyster)。sippikasambuka, 牡蛎、贝壳。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】牡蛎。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '² at Th.1, 49 is difficult to understand. It must mean a kind of bird (°abhiruta), and may be (so Kern) a misread pippikā (cp. Sk. pippaka & pippīka). See also Brethren p. 53³. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (f.) [fr. sippī] a pearl oyster J.I,426; II,100 (sippikasambukaṁ); Vism.362 (in comp.)=VbhA.68. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sippī: {'def': '[cp. Prākrit sippī] (f.) a pearl oyster J.II,100; sippipuṭa oyster shell J.V,197, 206. sippi-sambuka oysters and shells D.I,84; M.I,279; A.I,9; III,395. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sipāṭikā: {'def': '【阴】果皮，小容器。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. sṛpāṭikā, beak, BR.] 1. pericarp M.I,306; Vv 84³³; VvA.344; hingu° a s. yielding gum Vin.I,201. Also written sipātikā; thus ādiṇṇasipātikā with burst pod or fruit skin S.IV,193. -- 2. a small case, receptacle; khura° a razor case Vin.II,134. On s. at Pv III,2²⁹ the C. has ekapaṭalā upānahā PvA.186. (Page 710)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】果皮，小容器。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sira: {'def': '【阳、中】 (mano-组) 头。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】【中】(mano-group) 头。Nom.siraṁ, Acc.siraṁ; siro; sirasaṁ; Instr.sirasā ; Loc.sirasmiṁ; sire ; in compounds siro.-- sirasā paṭiggaṇhāti to accept with reverence; pādesu sirasā nipatati to bow one’s head to another’s feet, to salute respectfully', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt. and m.) [cp. Vedic śiras, śīan; Av. sarō, Gr. karaρa head, kέras horn, krani/on; Lat. cerebrum; Ohg. hirni brain] head, Nom. siraṁ Th.2, 255, Acc. siraṁ A.I,141; siro Sn.768; sirasaṁ J.V,434; Instr. sirasā Vin.I,4; D.I,126; Sn.1027; Loc. sirasmiṁ M.I,32; sire DA.I,97; in compounds siro- A.I,138. -- sirasā paṭiggaṇhāti to accept with reverence J.I,65; pādesu sirasā nipatati to bow one’s head to another’s feet, to salute respectfully Vin.I,4, 34; Sn.p. 15, p. 101. siraṁ muñcati to loosen the hair J.V,434; cp. I.47; mutta° with loose hair KhA 120=Vism.415; adho-siraṁ with bowed head, head down A.I,141; IV,133; J.VI,298; cp. avaṁ°; dvedhā° with broken head J.V,206; muṇḍa° a shaven head DhA.II,125. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siri: {'def': 'sirī,【阴】运气，光荣，财富，光彩壮丽，幸运女神。sirigabbha,【阳】高贵的卧室，皇家床室。sirimantu,【形】光荣的。sirivilāsa,【阳】富丽堂皇。sirisayana,【中】王室的床。sirindhara,【形】光荣的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'sirī, 【阴】运气，光荣，财富，光彩壮丽，幸运女神。 ~gabbha, 【阳】高贵的卧室，皇家床室。 ~mantu, 【形】光荣的。 ~vilāsa, 【阳】富丽堂皇。 ~sayana, 【中】王室的床。 ~ndhara, 【形】光荣的。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sirimant: {'def': '(adj.) [siri+mant] glorious D.II,240. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sirivāsa: {'def': '【阳】松节油。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】松节油。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siriṁsapa: {'def': '[Sk. sarīsṛpa] a (long) creeping animal, serpent, a reptile Vin.I,3; II,110; D.II,57; M.I,10; S.I,154; A.II,73, 117, 143; V,15; Sn.52, 964; J.I,93; Pv III,5²; Nd¹ 484; VbhA.6. --tta (nt.) the state of being a creeping thing D.II,57. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(梵siriṁsapa)(=sarisapa﹐sarīsapa)﹐【阳】爬虫类(蠍、蛇等)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siro: {'def': '(sira 的【合】词形), ~jāla, 【形】面纱。 ~maṇi, 【阳】王冠，宝石冠。~ruha, 【阳、中】头发。 ~veṭhana, 【中】缠头巾。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sira 的【合】词形), sirojāla,【形】面纱。siromaṇi,【阳】王冠，宝石冠。siroruha,【阳】【中】头发。siroveṭhana,【中】缠头巾。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siroruha: {'def': '[Sk. śiras+ruha] the hair of the head Mhvs 1, 34; Sdhp.286. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sirā: {'def': '【阴】腱，血管。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. sirā] (f.) a bloodvessel, vein Mhvs 37, 136; nerve, tendon, gut J.V,344, 364; °-jāla the network of veins J.V,69; PvA.68. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】腱，血管。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sirī: {'def': '(siri) (f.) [Vedic śrī] 1. splendour, beauty Sn.686 (Instr. siriyā); J.VI,318 (siriṁ dhāreti). -- 2. luck, glory, majesty, prosperity S.I,44 (Nom. siri); J.II,410 (siriṁ), 466; DA.I,148; VvA.323 (Instr. buddha-siriyā). rajjasirī-dāyikā devatā the goddess which gives prosperity to the kingdom DhA.II,17; sirī+lakkhī splendour & luck J.III,443. -- 3. the goddess of luck D.I,11 (see Rh. D. Buddhist India 216--222); DA.I,97; J.V,112; Miln.191 (°devatā). -- 4. the royal bed-chamber (=sirigabbha) J.VI,383. -- assirī unfortunate Nett 62=Ud.79 (reads sassar’iva). sassirīka (q. v.) resplendent SnA 91; sassirika J.V,177 (puṇṇa-canda°); opp. nissirīka (a) without splendour J.VI,225, 456; (b) unlucky VvA.212 (for alakkhika). -- The composition form is siri°.

--gabbha bedroom J.I,228, 266; III, 125; V,214. --corabrāhmaṇa “a brahmin who stole good luck” J.II,409 (cp. sirilakkhaṇa-°). --devatā goddess(es) of luck Miln.191 (+kalidevatā). --dhara glorious Mhvs 5, 13. --nigguṇḍi a kind of tree J.VI,535. --vilāsa pomp and splendour J.IV,232. --vivāda a bedchamber quarrel J.III,20 (sayanakalaho ti pi vadanti yeva, C.). --sayana a state couch, royal bed J.I,398; III,264; VI,10; DhA.II,86; PvA.280. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sirīsa: {'def': '【阳】阔荚合欢（旧大陆热带的豆科乔木 (Albizzia lebbeck)，叶大，具4-8 羽片、10-18 片长圆形或倒卵形、无柄的小叶，花黄绿色，头状花序，球形，腋生，种子荚长，有光泽，在风中有卡塔卡塔响声，在温带地区广泛栽培，作为一种遮阳树和观赏树，能得到一种有价值的杂色而粗纹理的木材略似桃心木——亦称栲栲木 (koko)，孜里斯木 (siris)，妇舌木(woman’s tongue tree)）。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(wirīsa)【阳】尸利沙、尸利洒树、师利沙树、舍离沙树。学名 Acacia sirissa，为产於印度之一种香木，其树胶可制香药。此树为拘楼孙佛(过去七佛之第四佛)之道场树。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Class. Sk. śirṣa] the tree Acacia sirissa D.II,4; S.IV,193; Vv 84³²; VvA.331, 344; °-puppha a kind of gem Miln.118. Cp. serīsaka. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sisira: {'def': '【阳】冬天，寒季。【形】凉爽。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. śiśira] cool, cold Dāvs.V,33; VvA.132. (m.) cold, cold season Vin.II,47=J.I,93. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】冬天，寒季。【形】凉爽。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sissa: {'def': '【阳】学生。sissabhāvūpagamana, 入为弟子，入室弟子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. śiṣya, grd. of śiṣ or śās to instruct: see sāsati etc.] a pupil; Sn.997, 1028; DhsA.32 (°ânusissā). (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】学生。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sissati: {'def': '[Pass. of śiṣ to leave; Dhtp 630: visesana] to be left, to remain VvA.344. Cp. visissati. -- Caus. seseti to leave (over) D.II,344 (aor. sesesi); J.I,399; V,107; DhA.I,398 (asesetvā without a remainder). -- pp. siṭṭha: see visiṭṭha. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sita: {'def': '【形】1.白的。2.仰赖的，附著的。【中】微笑。笑有六种︰1.sita, 面部表情显露出笑。2.hasita, 轻微移动嘴唇，露出牙端而笑。3.vihasita, 笑出声。4.upahasita, 笑得头、肩、臂振动。5.apahasita, 笑得掉下泪水。6.atihasita, 暴笑得整个身体前后振动。sitaṁ pātvākāsi, 他作微笑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '⁵ (nt.) [pp. of smi, cp. vimhāpeti. The other P. form is mihita] a smile Vin.III,105; IV,159; S.I,24; II,254; M.II,45; Th.1, 630; Ap 21 (pātukari), 22 (°kamma) DhA.II,64 (°ṁ pātvakāsi); III,479; VvA.68. --°kāra smiling J.I,351 (as °ākāra). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [pp. of sayati²] 1. (lit.) stuck in or to: hadaya° salla Sn.938; Nd¹ 412. -- 2. (fig.) reclining, resting, depending on, attached, clinging to D.I,45, 76; II,255; M.I,364; Cp. 100; J.V,453; Sn.229, 333, 791, 944, 1044. See also asita². (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】 1. 白的。 2. 仰赖的，附着的。【中】微笑。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [pp. of śā; Sk. śita] sharp Dāvs.I,32. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '³ [pp. of sinoti] bound; sātu-° Dh.341 (bound to pleasure); taṇhā-° Miln.248. Perhaps as sita². (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '⁴ (adj.) [Sk. sita] white Dāvs III,4. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sithila: {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic śithira, later śithila] loose, lax, bending, yielding S.I,49, 77=Dh.346=J.II,140; J.I,179; II,249; Miln.144; DhA.IV,52, 56; PvA.13. In compⁿ with bhū as sithilī°, e. g. °bhāva lax state Vism.502=VbhA.100; °bhūta hanging loose PvA.47 (so read for sithila°). --°hanu a kind of bird M.I,429. -- Cp. saṭhila. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】宽松的，松的，屈从的。sithilatta,【中】sithilabhāva, 松。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】宽松的，松的，屈从的。 ~tta, 【中】 ~bhāva, 松。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sitta: {'def': '[pp. of siñcati] sprinkled Dh.369; J.III,144; Vism.109 (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(siñcati 的【过分】)。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(siñcati 的【过分】) 已倒，已洒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sittha: {'def': '【中】腊，饭粒。 ~avakārakaŋ, 【副】掉了满地饭粒。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】腊，饭粒。sitthavakārakaṁ,【副】掉了满地饭粒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. *Sk. siktha] a lump of boiled rice Vin.II,165, 214; J.I,189, 235; V,387; VI,358 (odana°), 365 (yāgu°); PvA.99; sitthatelaka oil of beeswax Vin.II,107, 151.

--âvakārakaṁ (adv.) scattering the lumps of boiled rice Vin.IV,196. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sitthaka: {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Sk. sikthaka] beeswax Vin.II,116 (madhu°). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】蜂腊。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】饭粒，蜂腊。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Situŋ: {'def': '【不】要听。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Situṁ: {'def': '【不】要听。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siva: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [Vedic śiva] auspicious, happy, fortunate, blest S.I,181; J.I,5; II,126; Miln.248; Pv IV.3³; Vv 18⁷. -- 2. a worshipper of the god Siva Miln.191; the same as Sivi J.III,468. -- 3. nt. happiness, bliss Sn.115, 478; S.IV,370.

--vijjā knowledge of auspicious charms D.I,9; DA.I,93 (alternatively explained as knowledge of the cries of jackals); cp. Divy 630 śivāvidyā. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】庇护的，安全的。【阳】湿婆（印度三大神中司破坏之神），大自在天。【中】安全的地方，涅槃。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】庇护的，安全的。【阳】湿婆(印度三大神中司破坏之神)，大自在天。【中】安全的地方，涅盘。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siveyyaka: {'def': '(adj.) hailing from the Sivi country, a kind of cloth (very valuable) Vin.I,278, 280; J.IV,401; DA.I,133. The two latter passages read sīveyyaka. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sivikā: {'def': '(f.) [Epic Sk. śibikā] a palanquin, litter Bu 17, 16 (text savakā); Pv.I,11¹; Vin.I,192; °-gabbha a room in shape like a palanquin, an alcove Vin.II,152; mañca-° J.V,136, 262 (a throne palanquin?). suvaṇṇa° a golden litter J.I,52, 89; DhA.I,89; Vism.316. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】轿车、轿子(palanquin)，垃圾(a litter)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】轿子，垃圾。(p344)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sivā: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. śivā] a jackal DA.I,93. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sivāṭikā: {'def': 'various reading instead of sipāṭikā, which see. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siyyati: {'def': 'see seyyati. (Page 711)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siñcaka: {'def': '[fr. siñcati] watering, one who waters Vv 79⁷ (amba°). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】浇水者，洒水者。siñcana,【中】洒水。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】浇水者，洒水者。 ~cana, 【中】洒水。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siñcanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. siñcati] sprinkling (water) SnA 66 (vāta). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siñcati: {'def': ' [sic, cp. Av. hinčaiti to pour; Lat. siat “urinate,” Ags. sēon; Ohg. sīhan, Ger. ver-siegen; Gr. i)kmaζ wet; Goth saiws=E. sea. -- Dhtp 377: kkharaṇe] 1. to spriṅkle J.III,144; V,26; Mhvs 37, 203; SnA 66. -- 2. to bale out a ship Sn.771; Dh.369. inf. siñcituṁ J.VI,583; pass. siccati Th.1, 50 (all MSS. siñcati); imper. siñca Dh.369; ppr. med. siñcamāna Mhvs 37, 203; ger. sitvā Sn.771=Nett 6; pp. sitta. -- Caus. seceti to cause to sprinkle Mhvs 34, 45; Caus. II. siñcāpeti J.II,20, 104. ‹-› Cp. pari°. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sic + ŋ-a), 倒，洒。【过】 siñci。【过分】 sitta, siñcita。【现分】~camāna。【独】 siñcitvā。【使】 siñcāpeti。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sic+ṁ-a), 倒，洒。【过】siñci。【过分】sitta, siñcita。【现分】siñcamāna。【独】siñcitvā。【使】siñcāpeti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siṁhaḷa: {'def': 'Siṁhaḷaka: m. セイロン(人). =Sīhaḷa', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Siṁhaḷaka: {'def': 'Siṁhaḷa: m. セイロン(人). =Sīhaḷa', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Siṁsaka: {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. śīrṣaka?] name of a water plant J.VI,536 (C. not correct). (Page 707)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṁsapā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Vedic śiṁśapā] the tree Dalbergia sisu (a strong & large tree) S.V,437; Siṁsapā-groves (s.-vanā) are mentioned near Āḷavi A.I,136; near Setavyā D.II,316 sq.; DhA.I,71; VvA.297; and near Kosambi S.V,437. (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(cp. Vedic wiṁwapā)﹐【阴】印度黄檀(树名)(the tree Dalbergia sisu, Indian Rosewood (a strong & large tree))，申恕林(siṁsapā-groves)，尸摄惒，胜舍婆，尸尸娑，直译：坚实。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siṁsati: {'def': '¹ [śaṁs] to hope for Dhtp 296 (def. as “icchā”); only in cpd. ā° (q. v.). (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² is Desiderative of sarati¹. --Siṁsati “to neigh” at J.V,304 is to be read hiṁsati (for hesati, q. v.). (Page 708)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṁsumāragira: {'def': '﹐(梵名 Wiwumāragira) 首婆罗山、失收魔罗山，印度之古地名，位於婆伽国(Bhagga)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siṃhaḷa: {'def': 'Siṃhaḷaka m. [=Sīhaḷa] セイ口ン(人).', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Siṅga: {'def': '¹ (nt.) [Vedic śṛnga, cp. Gr. kaρnon, kraggw/n; Lat. cornu=E. horn] a horn J.I,57, 149, 194; IV,173 (of a cow); Vism.106; VvhA 476.

--dhanu horn-bow DhA.I,216. --dhamaka blowing a horn Miln.31. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】兽角。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '1(Vedic wrnga),【中】兽角(a horn)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2, 犊牛(the young of an animal, calf )。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² the young of an animal, calf J.V,92; cp. Deśīnāmamālā VIII,31. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṅghati: {'def': '[siṅgh, given as “ghāyana” at Dhtp 34] to sniff, to get scent of S.I,204=J.III,308; DA.I,38. Cp. upa°. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(siṅgh, given as “ghāyana” at Dhtp 34), 省(鼻涕)(to sniff, to get scent of )。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(siṅgh+a), 嗅，闻。【过】siṅghi。【独】siṅghitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(siṅgh + a), 嗅，闻。【过】 ~ghi。【独】 ~ghitvā。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siṅghāṇikā: {'def': '【阴】鼻涕。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Sk. siṅghāṇaka),【阴】鼻涕(mucus of the nose, snot)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [Sk. siṅghāṇaka] mucus of the nose, snot D.II,293; M.I,187; Sn.196--198=J.I,148 (all MSS. of both books --n- instead of --ṇ-); Miln.154, 382; Pv.II,2³; Vism.264 & 362 (in detail); DhA.I,50; VbhA.68, 247. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṅghāṭaka: {'def': '[cp. Sk. śṛngāṭaka; fr. śṛnga] (m. and n.) 1. a square, a place where four roads meet Vin.I,237, 287, 344; IV,271; D.I,83; A.II,241; IV,187, 376; S.I,212; II,128; IV,194; Miln.62, 330, 365; DhA.I,317. aya-s° perhaps an iron ring (in the shape of a square or triangle) M.I,393; J.V,45. -- 2. a water plant (Trapa bispinosa?) J.VI,530, 563. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳、中】十字形的东西，十字路口。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(cp. Sk. wrngāṭaka; fr. wrnga),【阳】【中】1.十字形的东西，十字路口，日语「辻」，つじ ( tsu ji )(a square, a place where four roads meet. aya-s° perhaps an iron ring (in the shape of a square or triangle))。2. a water plant (Trapa bispinosa?)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siṅgika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. singa¹] having horns J.VI,354 (āvelita-° having twisted horns). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṅgila: {'def': 'a kind of horned bird J.III,73; DhA.III,22 (v. l. singala). (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṅgin: {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic śṛngin] having a horn Vin.II,300; J.IV,173 (=cow); clever, sharp-witted, false Th.1, 959; A.II,26; It.112; cp. J.P.T.S. 1885, 53. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṅgivera: {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. śṛnga+Tamil vera “root,” as E. loan word=ginger] ginger Vin.I,201; IV,35; J.I,244; III,225 (alla-°); Miln.63; Mhvs 28, 21; DhsA.320; DA.I,81. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】姜，生姜（一种产于东南亚热带地区的植物〔姜属〕(Zingiberofficinale)，开有黄绿色花并有刺激性香味的根茎）。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】姜，生姜(ginger﹐一种产於东南亚热带地区的植物〔姜属〕(Zingiber officinale)，开有黄绿色花并有刺激性香味的根茎)。《海寄归内法传》卷第三：「姜椒荜茇，旦咽而风冷全祛。」(T54.225.2)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siṅgu: {'def': '(f.) (?) a kind of fish J.V,406; plur. singū J.VI,537. According to Abhp. singū is m. and Payogasiddhi gives it as nt. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṅgāla: {'def': 'variant reading instead of sigāla S.II,231 etc.; Vism.196; Pv III,5². (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṅgālaka: {'def': 'Sigālaka: m. 尸伽羅越, 私伽羅[王舎城の人で仏から六方礼経の説法を受けた居士の名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Siṅgālovāda-suttanta: {'def': 'n. 教授尸伽羅越経（六方礼経）', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Siṅgāra: {'def': '【阳】情欲上的情绪。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. śṛngāra] erotic sentiment; siṅgāratā (f.) fondness of decorations J.I,184; an elegant dress, finery Miln.2; (adj.) elegant, graceful (thus read) J.II,99; singāra-bhāva being elegant or graceful (said of a horse) J.II,98. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(cp. Sk. wrngāra),【阳】淫欲炽盛(erotic sentiment)。siṅgāratā【阴】fondness of decorations; an elegant dress, finery; 【形】优美的(elegant, graceful) ; singāra-bhāva being elegant or graceful (said of a horse)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Siṅgī: {'def': '& siṅgi (f.) [cp. Sk. śṛngī] 1. gold Vin.I,38; S.II,234; J.I,84. -- 2. “ginger” in sense of “dainties, sweets” J.IV,352 (=singiver’ādika uttaribhaṅga C.; cp. Tamil iñji ginger).

--nada gold Vv 64²⁸; VvA.284. --loṇa (--kappa) license as to ginger & salt Vin.II,300, 306. --vaṇṇa goldcoloured D.II,133. --suvaṇṇa gold VvA.167. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】有兽角的。【中】黄金。siṅgīnada, siṅgīvaṇṇa,【中】黄金。siṅgi-vaṇṇaṁ yugaṁ maṭṭaṁ,金色的一对绢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】有兽角的。【中】黄金。 ~nada, ~vaṇṇa, 【中】黄金。(p343)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Siṇāti: {'def': 'see seyyati. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Siṭṭha: {'def': '[pp. of śiṣ; Sk. śiṣṭha] see vi°. (Page 709)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sneha: {'def': '【阳】爱，油。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(=sniha),【阳】爱，油。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'see sineha. (Page 727)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

So: {'def': '(ta 的【主、单】), 【阳】他。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ta 的【主.单】),【阳】他。有时用作强调用。如︰so’haṁ, 那个我(=that I)。so brāhmano, 彼(=那个)婆罗门。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sobbha: {'def': '【中】深坑，水池。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】深坑，水池。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. śvabhra] a hole, (deep) pit D.II,127; M.I,11; A.I,243; II,140; III,389 (see papāta); V,114 sq.; J.VI,166; Th.1, 229; SnA 355, 479; a water-pool S.II,32; Sn.720; Vism.186; as adj. at S.III,109 (+papāta), i. e. “deep”; kussobbha a small collection of water S.II,32, 118; Sn.720; mahāsobbha the ocean S.II,32, 118. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sobhagga: {'def': '【中】光彩壮丽，美丽。sobhaggappatta,【形】有美丽的，有光彩壮丽的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. subhaga] prosperity, beauty Th.2, 72; J.I,51, 475; II,158; IV,133. As sobhagyatā at DA.I,161. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】光彩壮丽，美丽。 ~ppatta, 【形】有美丽的，有光彩壮丽的。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sobhana: {'def': "'lofty', beautiful, pure, are called, in Abh. S., all states of consciousness excepting the unwholesome and those without roots (ahetuka). Sobhana-sādhārana are called the mental factors (cetasika) common to all lofty consciousness; s. Tab. II.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Sobhanagaraka: {'def': '(nt.) a kind of game, fairy scenes D.I,6, 13; DA.I,84. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sobhati: {'def': '(subh + a), 照耀，使光彩，看起来很美丽。【过】 sobhi。【过分】sobhita。【现分】 sobhanta, sobhamāna。【独】 sobhitvā。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': ' [śubh, Vedic śobhate] 1. to shine, to be splendid, look beautiful J.I,89; II,93; sobhetha let your light shine (with foll. yaṁ “in that . . .”) Vin.I,187, 349=II.162= J.III,487=S.I,217; ppr. °māna Vism.58. aor. sobhi J.I,143; Caus. sobheti to make resplendent, adorn, grace A.II,7; Sn.421; J.I,43; Miln.1; Vism.79 (ppr. sobhayanto); to make clear D.II,105. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(subh+a), 照耀，辉煌，使光彩，神采奕奕，看起来很美丽。【过】sobhi。【过分】sobhita。【现分】sobhanta, sobhamāna, sobhayanto(Sn.PTS.v.421.)。【独】sobhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sobhañjana: {'def': 'the tree Hyperanthica moringa J.V,405; sobhañjanaka the same J.III,161 (=siggurukkha, C.); VI,535. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sobhaṇa: {'def': '¹ (nt.) [fr. śubh] 1. a kind of edging on a girdle Vin.II,136. -- 2. beauty, ornament Miln.356. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'sobhana,【形】光亮的，美丽的，庄严的，优雅的。sobhanacetasika﹐美心所(阿毘达摩用语)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² (adj.) [fr. śubh] 1. adorning, shining, embellishing A.II,8, 225; very often spelt sobhana J.I,257; ThA.244; nagara-sobhaṇā (or °iṇī) a courtesan J.II,367; III,435, 475; Miln.350; PvA.4. -- 2. good Miln.46 (text °na); Cpd. 96; 101; 106. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'sobhana, 【形】光亮的，美丽的。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sobheti: {'def': '(sobhati‘照耀’的【使】), 使辉煌，装饰。【过】sobhesi。【现分】sobhenta。【独】sobhetvā。【祈】sobheyya。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sobhati 的【使】), 使辉煌，装饰。【过】 sobhesi。【现分】 sobhenta。【独】 sobhetvā。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sobhita: {'def': '(sobheti‘照耀’的【过分】) 使辉煌，装饰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sobhiya: {'def': '[cp. Sk. śaubhika; BSk. śobhika MVastu III,113] a sort of magician or trickster, clown J.VI,277 (sobhiyā ti nagarasobhanā sampannarūpā purisā; not correct; C.). (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sobhā: {'def': '【阴】光彩壮丽，美丽。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. śubh; Sk. śobhā] splendour, radiance, beauty Mhvs 33, 30; J.IV,333; ThA.226; Miln.356. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】光彩壮丽，美丽。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Socana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. śuc] sorrow, mourning PvA.18, 62; --nā (f.) the same D.II,306; S.I,108=Sn.34; Nd² 694. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Socanā: {'def': '【阴】悲伤。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】悲伤。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Socati: {'def': '(suc(梵wuc)+a；sk. wocati), 哀悼，伤心。【过】soci。【过分】socita。【现分】socanta, socamāna。【义】socitabba。【独】socitvā。【不】socituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Vedic śocati, śuc, said of the gleaming of a fire] 1. to mourn, grieve Sn.34; Dh.15; J.I,168; Pv.I,8⁷ (+rodati); I,10¹⁵; I,12²; Miln.11; pres 3^rd pl. socare Sn.445; Dh.225; ppr. socamāna J.II,75; ppr. asocaṁ not grieving S.I,116; mā soci do not sorrow D.II,144; J.VI,190; plur. mā socayittha do not grieve D.II,158; Caus. socayati to cause to grieve D.I,52; S.I,116; Th.1, 743 (ger. °ayitvā); Miln.226; soceti J.II,8. -- pp. socita. -- Caus. II. socāpayati the same S.I,116. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(suc + a), 哀悼，伤心。【过】 soci。【过分】 socita。【现分】 socanta,socamāna。【潜】 socitabba。【独】 socitvā。【不】 socituŋ。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Soceyya: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. śuc, *śaucya] purity S.I,78; A.I,94; II,188; V,263; Vism.8; J.I,214; Miln.115, 207; is threefold A.I,271; It.55; D.III,219; further subdivided A.V,264, 266 sq. In meaning of “cleaning, washing” given in the Dhtp as def. of roots for washing, bathing etc. (khal, nahā, sinā, sudh). (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】纯净。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】纯净。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Socin: {'def': '[fr. socati] grieving A.IV,294 (socī ca=socicca). (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Socita: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. socati] grief Th.2, 462. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Socitatta: {'def': '(nt.) sorrowfulness D.II,306; Ps.I,38=Nd² 694. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sociya: {'def': '[=Sk. śocya] deplorable Sdhp.262. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sodaka: {'def': '【形】湿的，滴着的。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [sa+udaka] containing water Mhvs 30, 38; 37, 200. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】湿的，滴著的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sodariya: {'def': '【形】同一个母亲生的。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [sa+udariya] having a common origin (in the same mother’s womb), born of the same mother, a brother J.I,308; IV,434; PvA.94 (bhātā). (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】同一个母亲生的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sodhaka: {'def': '[fr. sodheti] one who cleanses Mhvs 10, 90; PvA.7. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】净化者，纠正者，洁净者。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】净化者，纠正者，洁净者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sodhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sodheti] cleansing Vism.276 (as f. °nā); examining J.I,292; payment (see uddhāra) J.I,321. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】清洁，修正。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】清洁，修正。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sodheti: {'def': '(sudh + e), 使干净，使洁净，改正，清除债务。【过】 ~esi。【现分】 ~dhenta, sodhayamāna。【潜】 ~dhetabba。【独】 sodhetvā。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sudh+e), 澄清，使洁净，改正，清除债务。【过】sodhesi。【现分】sodhenta, sodhayamāna。【义】sodhetabba。【独】sodhetvā, sodhayitvā。khettaṁ sodheti, 田园收割。0', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of sujjhati] to make clean, to purify Vin.I,47; M.I,39; Dh.141; DA.I,261, 13⁵; to examine, search J.I,200, 291; II,123; III,528; to search for, to seek J.II,135; to clean away, to remove J.IV,404; to correct J.II,48; to clear a debt: in this meaning mixed with sādheti (q. v.) in phrases iṇaṁ s. and uddhāraṁ s.; we read iṇaṁ sodheti at PvA.276; uddhāraṁ sodheti at J.IV,45; otherwise sādheti. -- Caus. II. sodhāpeti to cause to clean, to clean Vin.III,208, 248=I.206; J.I,305; II,19; Pass. sodhīyati to be cleansed, to be adorned Bu II.40 sq.=J.I,12. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sodhita: {'def': '(Sodheti的【过分】) 使乾净，使洁净，改正，清除债务。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sodhāpeti: {'def': '(sodheti 的【使】), 使清理，使改正。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~pita。【独】 ~petvā。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sodheti‘乾净’的【使】), 使清理，使改正。【过】sodhāpesi。【过分】sodhāpita。【独】sodhāpetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sogandhika: {'def': '【中】白睡莲(睡莲属 (Nymphaea) 的一种白花睡莲〔特指香睡莲 N.odorata〕，与睡莲属的黄睡莲相区别)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】白睡莲（睡莲属 (Nymphaea) 的一种白花睡莲〔特指香睡莲 N. odorata〕，与睡莲属的黄睡莲相区别）。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. saugandhika; fr. sugandha] the white water-lily (Nymphæa lotus) J.V,419; VI,518, 537 (seta-sogandhiyehi). -- As m. designation of a purgatory A.V,173; S.I,152; Sn.p. 126. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sogandhika niraya: {'def': '香莲地狱。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Sohada: {'def': '[Sk. sauhṛda, fr. su+hṛd] a friend Mhvs 38, 98. See also suhada. (Page 727)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Sk. sauhrda, ‹su+hrd),朋友(a friend Mhvs 38, 98). See also suhada.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sohajja: {'def': '【中】友谊。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】友谊。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sojacca: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. sujāta] nobility, high birth J.II,137. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soka: {'def': '[fr. śuc, to gleam (which to the Dhtp however is known only in meaning “soka”: Dhtp 39); cp. Vedic śoka the flame of fire, later in sense of “burning grief”] grief, sorrow, mourning; def^d as “socanā socitattaṁ anto-soko . . . cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṁ” at Ps.I,38=Nd¹ 128=Nd² 694; shorter as “ñāti-vyasan’‹-› ādīhi phuṭṭhassa citta-santāpo” at Vism.503=VbhA. Cp. the foll.: Vin.I,6; D.I,6; II,305, 103; S.I,110, 123, 137; A.I,51, 144; II,21; V,141; Sn.584, 586; J.I,189; SnA 155; DhA.II,166; KhA 153 (abbūḷha°); Pv.I,4³ (=citta-santāpa PvA.18); PvA.6, 14, 38, 42, 61. -- asoka without grief: see viraja. See also dukkha B III,1 b.

--aggi the fire of sorrow PvA.41. pl. --divasā the days of mourning (at the king’s court after the death of the queen) SnA 89. --parideva sorrow and lamenting A.III,32, 326 sq.; V,216 sq.; Vism.503; Nd¹ 128. --pariddava id. Vv 84³⁰. --pareta overcome with grief Pv.I,8⁶. --vinaya dispelling of grief PvA.39. --vinodana id. PvA.61. --salla the dart or sting of sorrow A.III,54, 58; Nd¹ 59, 414; Pv.I,8⁶; PvA.93, 162. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】伤心事，悲伤。sokaggi,【阳】悲伤的火。sokapareta,【形】被伤心事压倒的。sokavinodana,【中】消除伤心事。sokasalla,【中】悲伤的飞镳。M.10./I,55~6.(=D.22./II,290.)︰“Ekāyano ayaṁ, bhikkhave, maggo 1sattānaṁ visuddhiyā, 2sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya, 3dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya, 4ñāyassa adhigamāya, 5nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.(诸比丘！为(ㄨㄟˋ)诸有情的清净，为诸悲伤及诸啼哭的超越，为诸苦忧的消灭，为真理的获得，为涅盘的作证，这一条道路，就是四念住。) (Vibhv.PTS:p.181) ñātibyasanādīhi phuṭṭhassa cittasantāpo soko. Tasseva vacīpalāpo paridevo.(亲戚发生不幸等，悲伤，为‘悲’。因此而(喃喃地)说废话，为‘悲’。)VibhA.(CS:p.488)︰antonijjhāyanalakkhaṇo soko; tannissitalālappalakkhaṇo paridevo.(心中炎热的特相，为‘愁’。向下依靠哀哭的特相，为‘悲’。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】伤心事，悲伤。 ~ggi, 【阳】悲伤的火。 ~pareta,【形】被伤心事压倒的。 ~vinodana, 【中】消除伤心事。~salla, 【中】悲伤的飞镳。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sokajjhāyikā: {'def': '(f.) [soka+ajjhāyaka; this soka perhaps *sūka, as in visūka?] a woman who plays the fool, a comedian Vin.IV,285; J.VI,580 (where C. expl^s as “griefdispellers”). (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sokavant: {'def': '(adj.) [soka+vant] sorrowful Mhvs 19, 15. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sokhumma: {'def': '【中】优良。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. sukhuma] fineness, minuteness A.II,17; Th.1, 437. At A.II,18 with double suffix °tā. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】优良。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sokhya: {'def': '【中】健康，快乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】健康，快乐。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. der. fr. sukha] happiness Sn.61; J.V,205. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sokika: {'def': '(adj.) [soka+ika] sorrowful; a-° free from sorrow ThA.229. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sokin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. soka] (fem. °nī) sorrowful Dh.28. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sokī: {'def': '【形】悲伤的。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】悲伤的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Soma: {'def': '【阳】月亮。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】月亮。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Somanassa: {'def': '(su愉悦+manas意),【中】欢喜，高兴，快乐。【反】domanassa﹐【中】忧。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. su+mano; cp. domanassa] mental ease, happiness, joy D.I,3; II,278; III,270; M.I,85, 313; S.IV,232; A.II,69; III,207, 238; Dh.341; Sn.67; Pug.59; VbhA.73; PvA.6, 14, 133; DA.I,53; it is more than sukha D.II,214; defined at Vism.461 (iṭṭh’ārammaṇ’‹-› ânubhavana-lakkhaṇaṁ, etc.). A syn. of it is veda 1. On term see also Cpd. 277.

--indriya the faculty of pleasure D.III,224; S.V,209 sq.; Dhs.18. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】欢喜，高兴，快乐。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Somanassita: {'def': '(adj.) [Caus. pp. formation fr. somanassa] satisfied, pleased, contented VvA.351. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Somarukkha: {'def': '[soma+rukkha] a certain species of tree J.VI,530. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sombhā: {'def': '(f.) a puppet, doll Th.2, 390; explained as sombhakā ThA.257. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Somma: {'def': '【形】温和的，愉快的，令人喜爱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】温和的，愉快的，令人喜爱的。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. saumya, fr. soma] pleasing, agreeable, gentle Dāvs.I,42; DA.I,247; DhsA.127; VvA.205; SnA 456; Vism.168. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sona: {'def': 'dog It.36; see soṇa. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sonaka: {'def': 'm. 須那迦, 蘇那拘 [相承比丘の名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sopadhīka: {'def': '=sa+upadhika. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sopavāhana: {'def': '=sa+upavāhana. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soppa: {'def': '(=supina【阳】【中】),【中】睡觉，梦。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [=supina] sleep, dream S.I,110; A.I,261 (i. e. laziness). °ante in a dream J.V,329 (C. reading for T. suppante). (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】睡觉。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Soppati: {'def': '(sup+a), 睡觉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'see supati. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sopāka: {'def': '[=sapāka; śva+pāka] a man of a very low caste, an outcast Sn.137. See also sapāka. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】低（印度的世袭）阶级的人。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(wva+pāka,),【阳】(印度的世袭)贱民，杀狗者。参考Sapāka。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sopāna: {'def': '【阳、中】楼梯，梯。 ~panti, 【阴】阶梯的一段。 ~pāda, 【阳】梯脚。 ~phalaka, 【中】梯级。 ~sīsa, 【中】梯头（楼梯的顶端）。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(m. and nt.) [cp. Sk. sopāna; Aufrecht “sa+ upāyana”] stairs, staircase Vin.II,117, 152; D.II,178; J.I,330, 348; IV,265; Vism.10; VvA.188; PvA.156, 275; Vv 78⁵; dhura-sopāna the highest step of a staircase (?) J.I,330.

--kaliṅgara flight of steps Vin.II,128 (v. l. sopāṇakaḷevara as at M.II,92). --panti a flight or row of steps, a ladder Vism.392 (three). --pāda the foot of the steps (opp. °sīsa) DhA.I,115. --phalaka a step of a staircase J.I,330. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】【中】楼梯，梯。sopanti,【阴】阶梯的一段。sopānapāda,【阳】梯脚。sopānaphalaka,【中】梯级。sopānasīsa,【中】梯头(楼梯的顶端)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Soracca: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sorata] gentleness, restraint, meekness A.II,68, 113; III,248; S.I,100, 172, 222; Sn.78, 292; Dhs.1342; J.III,442; IV,302; Miln.162; VvA.347. Often comb^d with khanti forbearance (q. v.). -- soracciya (nt.) the same J.III,453. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】温顺，柔和。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.fr. sorata),【中】温顺，柔和(gentleness, restraint, meekness)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sorata: {'def': 'Sūrata, (=su+rata, (B)Sk. is sūrata),【形】温顺，柔和(gentle, kind, humble, self-restrained)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [=su+rata, with so° for sū°, which latter is customary for su° before r (cp. dūr° for dur°). See du¹ 2 and Geiger, P.Gr. § 11. -- The (B)Sk. is sūrata] gentle, kind, humble, self-restrained M.I,125; S.I,65; IV,305 (text, sūrata); A.II,43; III,349, 393 sq.; Sn.309, 515, 540; J.IV,303; DhA.I,56. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sosa: {'def': '[fr. śuṣ] drying up, consumption Vin.I,71; Vism.345. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹wus),【阳】1.乾燥。2.肺病(肺结核けっかく)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】干燥，肺病。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sosana: {'def': '【中】弄干。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】弄乾。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. soseti] causing to dry (in surgery) Miln.353. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soseti: {'def': '[Caus. of sussati] to cause to dry or wither Mhvs 21, 28; Vism.120. See vi°. (Page 727)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sus + e), 弄干，使凋谢。【过】 sosesi。【过分】 sosita。【现分】sosenta。【独】 sosetvā。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sus+e)(caus. of sussati) , 弄乾，使凋谢(to cause to dry or wither)。【过】sosesi。【过分】sosita。【现分】sosenta。【独】sosetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sosika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sosa] afflicted with pulmonary consumption Vin.I,93; IV,8. (Page 727)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sossati: {'def': '(suṇāti 的【未】)。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'is Fut. of suṇāti. (Page 727)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(suṇāti 的【未】)将听到。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sosānika: {'def': '(‹susāna) ,【形】塚间住者(connected with a cemetery, bier-like十三头陀支之一)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】冢间住者（十三头陀支之一）。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. susāna] connected with a cemetery, bier-like Vin.II,149; m., one who lives in or near a cemetery A.III,220; Pug.69 sq.; Miln.342; Vism.61 sq.; DhA.I,69. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sosārita: {'def': '(adj.) [su+osārita] well reinstated (opp. dosārita) Vin.I,322. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sosīta: {'def': 'at J.I,390 means either “thoroughly chilled” or “well wetted.” It is expl^d as “him’odakena su-sīto suṭṭhu tinto.” Perhaps we have to read so sīta, or sīna (cp. sīna²), or sinna. The corresponding sotatta (expl^d as “suriya-santāpena su-tatto”) should then be so tatto. (Page 727)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sota: {'def': '² (m. & nt.) [Vedic srotas, nt., fr. sru; see savati] 1. stream, flood, torrent Sn.433; It.144; J.I,323; sīgha-s. having a quick current D.II,132; Sn.319; metaphorically, the stream of cravings Sn.715 (chinna°; cp. MVastu III,88 chinna-srota), 1034; S.IV,292; M.I,226 (sotaṁ chetvā); It.114; denotes noble eightfold path S.V,347; bhava-s. torrent of rebirth S.I,15; IV,128; viññāṇa-s. flux of mind, D.III,105; Nom. sing. soto S.IV,291 sq.; V,347; Nom. plur. sotā Sn.1034; Acc. plur. sotāni Sn.433; plur. sotāyo (f. [?], or wrong reading instead of sotāso, sotāse [?]) J.IV,287, 288. -- 2. passage, aperture (of body, as eyes, ears, etc.), in kaṇṇa° orifice of the ear, and nāsa° nostril, e. g. D.I,106; Sn.p. 108; J.I,163, 164 (heṭṭhā-nāsika-s.); Vism.400 (dakkhiṇa° & vāma-kaṇṇa-s.).

--āpatti entering upon the stream, i. e. the noble eightfold path (S.V,347), conversion Vin.II,93 etc. By it the first three Saṁyojanas are broken S.V,357, 376. It has four phases (aṅgas): faith in the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Order, and, further, the noble Sīlas S.II,68 sq.; V,362 sq.; A.III,12; IV,405; D.III,227 (in detail). Another set of four aṅgas consists of sappurisa-saṁsevā, saddhammasavana, yonisomanasikāra, and dhammânudhammapaṭipatti S.V,347, 404. --phala the effect of having entered upon the stream, the fruit of conversion Vin.I,293; II,183; M.I,325; A.I,44; III,441; IV,292 sq., 372 sq.; D.I,229; III,227; S.III,168, 225; V,410 sq.; Pug.13; DhA.III,192; IV,5; PvA.22, 38, 66, 142. --magga the way to conversion, the lower stage of conversion DA.I,237; J.I,97; VbhA.307; see magga. --āpanna one who has entered the stream, a convert Vin.II,161, 240; III,10; D.I,156; III,107 sq., 132, 227; A.II,89; S.II,68; III,203 sq., 225 sq.; V,193 sq.; DA.I,313; Vism.6, 709; PvA.5, 153. The converted is endowed with āyu, vaṇṇa, sukha, and ādhipateyya S.V,390; he is called wealthy and glorious S.V,402; conversion excludes rebirth in purgatory, among animals and petas, as well as in other places of misery; he is a-vinipāta-dhamma: D.I,156; II,200; S.V,193 sq., 343; A.I,232; II,238; III,331 sq.; IV,405 sq., V,182; M.III,81; or khīṇa-niraya: A.III,211; IV,405 sq. (+khīṇa-tiracchānayoni etc.). The converted man is sure to attain the sambodhi (niyato sambodhipārāyano D.I,156, discussed in Dial. I,190--192). (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (nt.) [Vedic śrotas & śrotra; fr. śru: see suṇāti] ear, the organ of hearing Vin.I,9, 34; D.I,21; Sn.345 (Nom. pl. sotā); Vism.444 (defined); Dhs.601; DhsA.310; -- dibba-sota the divine ear (cp. dibba-cakkhu) D.I,79, 154; III,38, 281; dhamma° the ear of the Dhamma A.III,285 sq., 350; V,140; S.II,43; sotaṁ odahati to listen (carefully) D.I,230; ohita-s. with open ears A.IV,115; V,154; J.I,129.

--añjana a kind of ointment made with antimony Vin.I,203. --ânugata following on hearing, acquired by hearing A.II,185. --āyatana the sense of hearing Dhs.601 sq.; D.II,243, 280, 290. --âvadhāna giving ear, attention M.II,175. --indriya the faculty of hearing Dhs.604; D.III,239. --dvāra “door of the ear,” auditory sensation VbhA.41. --dhātu the ear element, the ear Vin.II,299; D.I,79; S.II,121; A.I,255 (dibba°); III,17 (id.); V,199; Vbh.334; Vism.407 (def^d); Dhs.601, 604; Miln.6. --viññāṇa auditory cognition, perception through the ear Dhs.443. --viññeyya cognizable by hearing D.II,281; Dhs.467; KhA 101. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1(Vedic wrotas & wrotra; fr. su(梵wru)听, see suṇāti),【中】耳朵。sotadvāra,【中】耳门。sotabila,【中】耳孔。sotavantu,【形】有耳朵的人。sotaviññāṇa,【中】耳识。sotaviññeyya,【形】耳朵可辨识的。sotāyatana,【中】耳处(耳净色，能听声音的色法)。sotadhātu,【中】耳界。sotānugata﹐倾听。A.4.191.：sotānugatānanti(耳的跟随) pasādasotaṁ(耳净色=耳门) odahitvā(专心后) ñāṇasotena(智慧之流) vavatthapitānaṁ.(定义)(倾听：洗耳恭听，生智慧之流之意)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2(Vedic srotas, nt., fr. sru see savati),【中】【阳】1.水流，奔流，洪水，流(《杂阿含1177经》︰「流，谓生死。」)(stream, flood, torrent)。SA.2.8./I,107︰Sotanti taṇhāsotaṁ.(流︰渴爱之流。)。Mṭ.1./CS:p.1.93.︰Sotanti kilesasotaṁ.(流︰染污之流。)。2. passage, aperture (of body, as eyes, ears, etc.), in kaṇṇasota orifice of the ear, and nāsasota nostril. sotāpatti﹐(entering upon the stream, i. e. the noble eightfold path)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】耳朵。【阳】水流，奔流，洪水。 ~dvāra, 【中】耳门。 ~bila,【中】耳孔。 ~vantu, 【形】有耳朵的人。 ~viññāṇa, 【中】耳识。~viññeyya, 【形】耳朵可辨识的。 ~āyatana, 【中】耳处（听觉器官）。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sotabba: {'def': '【潜】适合被听。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【义】适合被听。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sotar: {'def': '[n. ag. fr. suṇāti] a hearer D.I,56; A.II,116; III,161 sq. -- sotā used as a feminine noun ThA.200 (Ap.V,3). (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotatta: {'def': 'scorched J.I,390=M.I,79, read so tatto (cp. M.I,536). See sosīta. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotavant: {'def': '[sota¹+vant] having ears, Nom. pl. sotavanto S.I,138; Vin.I,7; D.II,39. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotindriya: {'def': '【中】耳根。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】耳根。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sotta: {'def': '[pp. of supati, for sutta] asleep S.I,170. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotthi: {'def': '【阴】安宁，安全，祝福。 ~kamma, 【中】祝福。 ~bhāva, 【阳】安全。 ~sālā, 【阴】医院，疗养院。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Sk. svasti=su+asti] well-being, safety, bless ing A.III,38=IV.266 (“brings future happiness”); J.I,335; s. hotu hail! D.I,96; sotthiṁ in safety, safely Dh.219 (=anupaddavena DhA.III,293); Pv IV.6⁴ (=nirupaddava PvA.262); Sn.269; sotthinā safely, prosperously D.I,72, 96; II,346; M.I,135; J.II,87; III,201. suvatthi the same J.IV,32. See sotthika & sovatthika.

--kamma a blessing J.I,343. --kāra an utterer of blessings, a herald J.VI,43. --gata safe wandering, prosperous journey Mhvs 8, 10; sotthigamana the same J.I,272. --bhāva well-being, prosperity, safety J.I,209; III,44; DhA.II,58; PvA.250. --vācaka utterer of blessings, a herald Miln.359. --sālā a hospital Mhvs 10, 101. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(=suvatthi, svasti=su asti),【阴】平安，安全，祝福。sotthikamma,【中】祝福。sotthibhāva,【阳】安全。sotthisālā,【阴】医院，疗养院。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sotthika: {'def': '(& °iya) (adj.) [fr. sotthi] happy, auspicious, blessed, safe VvA.95; DhA.II,227 (°iya; in phrase dīgha° one who is happy for long [?]). (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotthivant: {'def': '(adj.) [sotthi+vant] lucky, happy, safe Vv 84⁵². (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotthiya: {'def': '¹=sottiya a learned man, a brahmin Dh.295; ThA.200 (Ap. V,6); J.IV,301, 303; V,466. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² (nt.) [der.?] a childbirth rag Vism.63. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotthāna: {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Sk. svastyayana] blessing, well-fare Sn.258; A.IV,271, 285; J.V,29 (where the metre requires sotthayanaṁ, as at IV.75); VI,139. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotti: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. śukti] a shell (?) filled with chunam and lac, used for scratching the back, a back-scratcher acting as a sponge M.II,46; A.I,208; see sutti e. g. Vin.II,107. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '﹐洗具。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sottiya: {'def': '﹐【形】通圣典的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[=*śrotriya] well versed in sacred learning, a learned man M.I,280; Sn.533 sq. See sotthiya. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sottun: {'def': 'see supati. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotu: {'def': '(‹suṇāti听),【阳】听者，听众。sotukāma,【形】乐意听的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】听者。 ~kāma, 【形】乐意听的。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sotukāma: {'def': '[sotuṁ (=inf. of suṇāti)+kāma] wish or wishing to hear A.I,150; IV,115; Vism.444; f. abstr. °kamyatā desire to listen A.V,145 sq., SnA.135. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sotāpanna: {'def': '(sota流+āpanna行向(【过分】；梵srotāpanna),【过分】须陀洹果(初果，已进入圣道者)、预流果。此处的「流」(sota),是指「法流」(dhammasota)，参见A6.10/III,285：「已一起行向法流」。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】须陀洹果（初果，已进入圣道者）。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '预流, 须陀洹', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': 'the \'Stream-winner\', is the lowest of the 8 noble disciples (s. ariya-puggala). Three kinds are to be distinguished: the one \'with 7 rebirths at the utmost\' (sattakkhattu-parama), the one \'passing from one noble family to another\' (kolaṅkola), the one \'germinating only once more\' (eka-bījī). As it is said (e.g. Pug. 37-39; A. III, 87):

(1) "If a man, after the disappearance of the 3 fetters (personality-belief, skeptical doubt, attachment to rules and ritual; s. saṃyojana), has entered the stream (to Nibbāna), he is no more subject to rebirth in lower worlds, is firmly established, destined to full enlightenment. After having passed amongst the heavenly and human beings only seven times more through the round of rebirths, he puts an end to suffering. Such a man is called \'one with 7 births at the utmost\' (sattakkhattu-parama).

(2) "If a man, after the disappearance of the 3 fetters.... is destined to full enlightenment, he, after having passed among noble families two or three times through the round of rebirths, puts an end to suffering. Such a man is called \'one passing from one noble family to another\' (kolaṅkola).

(3) "If a man, after the disappearance of the 3 fetters.... is destined to full enlightenment, he, after having only once more returned to human existence, puts an end to suffering. Such a man is called \'one germinating only once more\' (eka-bījī). See Sotāpatti-saṃyutta (S. LV).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Sotāpannassa aṅgāni: {'def': "the 'characteristic qualities of a Stream-winner' are 4: unshakable faith towards the Enlightened One, unshakable faith towards the Doctrine, unshakable faith towards the Order, and perfect morality. Explained in S. LV, I, D. 33, in S. XLVII, 8 and in Netti-ppakaraṇa these 4 qualities are called Sotāpattiyaṅga (q.v.).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Sotāpatti: {'def': "'Stream-entry'; s. Sotāpanna; s. -magga, -phala, 'path and fruition of Stream-entry'; s. ariyapuggala.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': '(sota流+āpatti行向),【阴】须陀洹道(初道，正在进入圣道者)。sotāpattiphala, 【中】须陀洹果。S.55.5./V.347：“Sappurisasaṁsevo hi, bhante, sotāpattiyaṅgaṁ, saddhammassavanaṁ sotāpattiyaṅgaṁ, yonisomanasikāro sotāpattiyaṅgaṁ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti sotāpattiyaṅgan”ti.(亲近善士为预流支(companionship with good persons)，听闻正法为预流支(hearing the Good Law)，从根源作意为预流支(wise reflection)，法次法向为为预流支(living in conformity with the Law)。) sotāpatti-y-aṅgaṁ为「预流支」，不是「预流向」(或「预流道」sotāpatti-magga)。Dhp.v.178.︰“Pathabyā ekarajjena, saggassa gamanena vā; Sabbalokādhipaccena, sotāpattiphalaṁ varan”ti.(一统大地者，得生天上者，一切世界主，不及预流胜。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】须陀洹道（初道，正在进入圣道者）。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sotāpattiyaṅga: {'def': "the 4 (preliminary) 'conditions to Stream-entry' are: companionship with good persons, hearing the Good Law, wise reflection, living in conformity with the Law (S. LV, 5; D. 33). Cf. Sotāpannassa aṅgāni.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Sovacassa: {'def': '(suvacas-ya),【阴】柔和，服从。sovacassakaraṇa﹐服从性，服从事。【反】dovacassakaraṇa﹐不服从性。sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgato,具足容易教诲之法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. suvaca, in analogy to dovacassa] gentleness, suavity D.III,267; A.II,148; III,180; Nett 40; 127; °-karaṇa making for gentleness M.I,96; A.II,148=III,180. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sovacassatā: {'def': '【阴】(言谈的)柔和，服从，文雅(suavity, gentleness) 。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.)=sovacassa M.I,126; D.III,212, 274; A.I,83; III,310, 423 sq., 449; IV,29; Sn.266; Dhs.1327; Pug.24. Sovaccasāya & sovacassiya the same (Dhs.1327; Pug.24). (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】柔和，服从。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sovaggika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sagga=*svarga; cp. the similar formation dovārika=dvāra] connected with heaven Vin.I,294; D.I,51; A.II,54, 68; III,46, 51, 259; IV,245; S.I,90; DA.I,158. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】导致天堂的。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】导致天堂的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sovatthika: {'def': '(either fr. sotthi with diæresis, or fr. su+atthi+ka=Sk. svastika),【中】1.卐ㄨㄢˋ(有时作左旋的卍；鸠摩罗什、玄奘诸师译为‘德’，菩提流支译为‘万’)。2.眼镜蛇膨胀的颈部的 S 标志。佛陀手足(指端?)有srīvatsa(卐，可能指尚未开展的)、svastika(卐)、nandyāvatra (曲线的卐)、vardhamāna(原意:增长；卐的四支增长)。(卐有时作左旋卍)。佛陀‘身毛向上相’含有毛向右旋，因此推论‘卐’字乃右旋。(详见︰Mahāvyutpatti(BB.XIII,p.6翻译名义大集)、Lalitavistara(Lal.106,普曜经)、Dharmasamuccaya(84,阿毗达磨集论)、Dharmapradipikā(13、14, 法灯)(佛陀三十二相第十相‘身毛向上相’ (uddhagga-lomatā-lakkhaṇa)含有毛向右旋(dakkhiṇāvaṭṭakajātāni)，因此推论‘卐’字乃右旋。)。印度主神之一毗湿笯的胸毛，有称为vatsa(卐)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [either fr. sotthi with diæresis, or fr. su+atthi+ka=Sk. svastika] safe M.I,117; Vv 18⁷ (=sotthika VvA.95); J.VI,339 (in the shape of a svastika? ); Pv IV.3³ (=sotthi-bhāva-vāha PvA.250). --âlaṅkāra a kind of auspicious mark J.VI,488. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】卍，眼镜蛇膨胀的颈部的 S 标志。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sovaṇṇa: {'def': '(‹fr. suvaṇṇa),【中】黄金(golden)。sovaṇṇaya, sovaṇṇamaya,【形】金的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. suvaṇṇa] golden D.II,210; A.IV,393; PvA.II,12¹; J.I,226; °-maya golden Vin.I,39; II,116; D.II,170 etc.; J.II,112. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】黄金。 ~ya, ~maya, 【形】金的。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sovaṇṇaya: {'def': '(adj.) [=sovaṇṇaka] golden J.I,226. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sovīraka: {'def': 'suvīraka,【阳】酸的稀粥(sour gruel)，醋。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [dialectical?] sour gruel Vin.I,210; S.II,111; Vv 19⁸; PugA 232. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】酸的稀粥，醋。(p354)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Soḷasa: {'def': '(num. card.Sk. soḍawa),【形】十六(sixteen)。soḷasamaṁ, 第十六。soḷasavatthukā, 十六事((之疑)。证果已越度怀疑(tiṇṇavicikicchā))S.12.20./II,26-7.︰“Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa-- ‘Ayañca paṭiccasamuppādo, ime ca paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā’ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, so vata pubbantaṁ vā paṭidhāvissati--‘1Ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ(=nu khvāhaṁ (syā. kaṁ. pī. ka.)) atītamaddhānaṁ, 2nanu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, 3kiṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, 4kathaṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, 5kiṁ hutvā kiṁ ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānan’ti; aparantaṁ vā upadhāvissati(=apadhāvissati (ka.)) -- ‘6Bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṁ anāgatamaddhānaṁ, 7nanu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ, 8kiṁ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ, 9kathaṁ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ, 10kiṁ hutvā kiṁ bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṁ anāgatamaddhānan’ti; etarahi vā paccuppannaṁ addhānaṁ ajjhattaṁ kathaṁkathī bhavissati--‘11Ahaṁ nu khosmi, 12no nu khosmi, 13kiṁ nu khosmi, 14kathaṁ nu khosmi, 15ayaṁ nu kho satto kuto āgato, 16so kuhiṁ gamissatī’ti--netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathāhi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa ayañca paṭiccasamuppādo ime ca paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā”ti. (诸比丘！圣弟子对此缘起及缘生法，以正慧已如实彻底地见到，他确实想过去世：「1过去世我存在吗？2过去世我不存在吗？3过去世我是什么？4过去世我如何？5过去世我曾经是什么成为什么？」想未来：「6未来世我将存在吗？7未来世我将不存在吗？8未来世我存在吗？9未来世我将如何存在？10未来世我将从什么成为什么？」於今现世内心将有疑问：「11我存在吗？12我不存在吗？13什么是我？14怎样是我？15这众生(=我)来自哪里？16他将去哪里？」此(怀疑)事不可能。为何？诸比丘！因为圣弟子对缘起及缘生法，以正慧如实彻底地见到。))', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(num. card.) [Sk. ṣoḍaśa] sixteen D.I,128; Sn.1006; J.I,78 (lekhā); II,87; III,342 (atappiya-vatthūni); V,175; VI,37; Miln.11 (palibodhā); DhA.I,129 (°salākā); IV,208 (°karīsa-matta). Instr. soḷasahi D.I,31, & soḷasehi D.I,139; Gen. soḷasannaṁ J.IV,124. Very frequent in measures of time & space. --°vassa° (16 years . . .) J.I,231, 285; II,43; IV,7; VI,10, 486; DhA.I,25 and passim. The fem. °-sī acts as num. ord. “sixteenth,” in phrase kalaṁ nagghati soḷasiṁ he is not worth a sixteenth particle of A.IV,252; S.III,156; V,44, 343; Dh.70; It.19. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soḷasakkhattuṁ: {'def': 'sixteen times DA.I,261; DhA.I,353= Mhvs 6, 37. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soḷasama: {'def': 'sixteenth Mhvs 2, 29; Vism.292. (Page 726)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soṇa: {'def': '¹ [see suvāṇa] a dog J.I,146; VI,107 (=sunakha); Sn.675; Vism.191; DhA.III,255 (+sigāla); soṇi (f.) a bitch Mhvs 7, 8=sona It.36. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】狗。 soṇī, 【阴】母狗。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】狗。《翻梵语》卷第六(T54.1021.2)︰「输屡那(译曰︰腹也)。」soṇī,【阴】母狗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [cp. śyonāka] a kind of tree; the Bodhi trees of the Buddhas Paduma and Nārada Bu IX.22; X.24; J.I,36, 37. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soṇa-Koḷivīsa: {'def': 'Soṇa-Koṭivīsa: m. 首楼那二十億耳 [比丘の名, 長者の子, 弾琴喻を受く, 精進第一]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Soṇa-Koṭikaṇṇa: {'def': 'Soṇa-Kutikaṇṇa: m. 首楼那億耳 [迦旃延の弟子]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Soṇa-Koṭivīsa: {'def': 'Soṇa-Koḷivīsa: m. 首楼那二十億耳 [比丘の名, 長者の子, 弾琴喻を受く, 精進第一]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Soṇa-Kutikaṇṇa: {'def': 'Soṇa-Koṭikaṇṇa: m. 首楼那億耳 [迦旃延の弟子]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Soṇita: {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. śoṇita, fr. śoṇa red] blood Th.2, 467; DA.I,120; Vism.259. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】血。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】血。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Soṇī: {'def': '【阴】腰部。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. śroṇī] 1. the buttock Sn.609; J.V,155, 216, 302. -- 2. a bitch, see soṇa¹. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】腰部。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Soṇḍa: {'def': '[cp. Sk. śauṇḍa] addicted to drink, intoxicated, a drunkard D.II,172; J.V,436, 499; Miln.345; Vism.316. a-soṇḍa A.III,38; IV,266; J.V,166; (fem. --ī) itthisoṇḍī a woman addicted to drink Sn.112 (? better “one who is addicted to women”; SnA 172 expl^s to that effect, cp. J.II,431 itthi-surā-maṁsa-soṇḍa); yuddhasoṇḍa J.I,204; dāsi-soṇḍa a libertine J.V,436 (+surā°); dhamma-soṇḍatā affectionate attachment to the law J.V,482. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'saṇḍaka, 【形】上瘾的。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'saṇḍaka(cp. Sk. wauṇḍa),【形】【阳】上酒瘾的，醉汉(addicted to drink, intoxicated, a drunkard)。itthisoṇḍī, 女醉汉(a woman addicted to drink Sn 112；或者对女人上瘾(one who is addicted to women” , cf. SnA 172, cp. J II.431 itthi-surā-maṁsa-soṇḍa)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Soṇḍaka: {'def': '[soṇḍa+ka] in cpd. surā° a drunkard J.V,433; VI,30. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Soṇḍika: {'def': '[fr. soṇḍa] 1. a distiller and seller of spirituous liquors; M.I,228=374. -- 2. a drunkard Miln.93. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹soṇḍa),【阳】1.卖酒商人。2.酒瘾的人。dīghasoṇḍiya, 耽溺饮酒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】卖酒商人。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Soṇḍikā: {'def': '(f.) 1. tendril of a creeper S.I,106; Miln.374. ‹-› 2. peppered meat S.II,98 (cp. Sanskrit śauṇḍī long pepper). -- 3. in udaka° KhA 65 (=sondī¹) a tank. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'soṇḍī, 【阴】天然的石水池。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'soṇḍī,【阴】1.蔓藤(tendril of a creeper)。2.辣肉(peppered meat (cp. Sanskrit wauṇḍī long pepper))。3.天然的石水池。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Soṇḍā: {'def': '(梵wuṇḍā),【阴】1.象鼻(an elephant’s trunk)。2.有酒瘾的女人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [Sk. śuṇḍā] an elephant’s trunk Vin.II,201;= S.II,269; M.I,415; A.IV,87 (uccā° fig. of a bhikkhu] J.I,50, 187; IV,91; V,37; DhA.I,58; Miln.368; soṇḍa (m.) the same S.I,104. (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】象鼻，有酒瘾的女人。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Soṇḍī: {'def': '¹ (f.) a natural tank in a rock J.I,462; DhA.II,56 (soṇḍi); udaka-° J.IV,333; Vism.119; KhA 65 (soṇḍikā). (Page 724)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² (f.) the neck of a tortoise S.IV,177 (soṇḍi-pañcamāni aṅgāni); Miln.371; the hood of a snake J.VI,166 (nāgā soṇḍi-katā). (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1(soṇḍi﹐soṇḍikā),【阴】天然的石水池(a natural tank in a rock；udakasoṇḍi)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2,【阴】乌龟颈部(the neck of a tortoise(soṇḍi-pañcamāni angāni))。蛇颈(the hood of a snake(nāgā soṇḍi-katā))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Soṇṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [the contracted form of suvaṇṇa, cp. sovaṇṇa] gold; (adj.) golden Mhvs 5, 87; Vv 5⁴, 36⁷.

--âlaṅkāra with golden ornaments J.II,48. --dhaja with golden flags J.II,48. --bhiṅkāra a golden vase Sdhp.513. --maya golden, made of gold J.VI,203. --vālukā gold dust J.VI,278. (Page 725)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】黄金。 ~maya, 【形】金制的。(p353)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】黄金。soṇṇamaya,【形】金制的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Stotra: {'def': '【梵】颂词。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Stūpa: {'def': '塔婆;塔;佛塔(PS: jhāpeti荼毗;闍毗;闍维;耶维;耶旬--火葬也)', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Su: {'def': '¹ (indecl.) [onomat.] a part. of exclamation “shoo!”; usually repeated su su J.II,250; VI,165 (of the hissing of a snake); ThA.110 (scaring somebody away), 305 (sound of puffing). Sometimes as sū sū, e. g. Tikp 280 (of a snake), cp. sūkara. -- Denom susumāyati (q. v.). (Page 714)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '³ (indecl.) (-°) [*ssu, fr. Vedic svid, interrog. part., of which other forms are si and sudaṁ. It also stands for Vedic sma, deictic part. of emphasis, for which also sa & assa] a particle of interrogation, often added to interrogative pronouns; thus kaṁ su S.I,45; kena ssu S.I,39; kissa ssu S.I,39, 161 (so read for kissassa); ko su Sn.173, 181; kiṁ su Sn.1108; kathaṁ su Sn.183, 185, 1077; it is often also used as a pleonastic particle in narration; thus tadā su then D.II,212; hatthe su sati when the hand is there S.IV,171. It often takes the forms ssu and assu; thus tyassu=te assu D.II,287; yassāhaṁ=ye assu ahaṁ D.II,284 n. 5; api ssu Vin.I,5; II,7, 76; tad-assu=tadā su then J.I,196; tay’assu three Sn.231; āditt’assu kindled D.II,264; nāssu not Sn.291, 295, 297, 309; sv-assu=so su J.I,196. Euphonic ṁ is sometimes added yehi-ṁ-su J.VI,564 n. 3; kacciṁ-su Sn.1045, 1079. (Page 715)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '（表达观念的【介】）好，善，幸福地，完全的。(p345)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Su-: {'def': '² (indecl.) [Vedic su°, cp. Gr. eu]--] a particle, comb^d with adj., nouns, and certain verb forms, to express the notion of “well, happily, thorough” (cp. E. well-bred, wel-come, wel-fare); opp. du°. It often acts as simple intensive prefix (cp. saṁ°) in the sense of “very,” and is thus also comb^d with concepts which in themselves denote a deficiency or bad quality (cp. su-pāpika “very wicked”) and the prefix du° (e. g. su-duj-jaya, su-duddasa, su-dub-bala). -- Our usual practice is to register words with su° under the simple word, whenever the character of the composition is evident at first sight (cp. du°). For convenience of the student however we give in the foll. a few comp^ns as illustrating the use of su°.

--kaṭa well done, good, virtuous D.I,55; Miln.5; sukata the same D.I,27; (nt.) a good deed, virtue Dh.314; A.III,245. --kara feasible, easy D.I,250; Dh.163; Sn.p. 123; na sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi upasaṁkamituṁ S.I,9. --kiccha great trouble, pain J.IV,451. --kittika well expounded Sn.1057. --kumāra delicate, lovely Mhvs 59, 29; see sukhumāla. --kumālatta loveliness DA.I,282. --kusala very skilful J.I,220; --khara very hard (-hearted) J.VI,508. (=suṭṭhu khara C.). --khetta a good field D.II,353; A.I,135; S.I,21. --gajjin shrieking beautifully (of peacocks) Th.1, 211. --gandha fragrant J.II,20; pleasant odour Dhs.625. --gandhi=sugandha J 100. --gandhika fragrant Mhvs 7, 27; J.I,266. --gahana a good grip, tight seizing J.I,223. --gahita and suggahita, grasped tightly, attentive A.II,148, 169; III,179; J.I,163, 222. --ggava virtuous J.IV,53 (probably misspelling for suggata). --ghara having a nice house J.VI,418, 420. --carita well conducted, right, good Dh.168 sq. (nt.) good conduct, virtue, merit A.I,49 sq., 57, 102; D.III,52, 96, 152 sq., 169; Dh.231; It.55, 59 sq.; Ps.I,115; Vism.199. --citta much variegated Dh.151; DhA.III,122. --cchanna well covered Dh.14. --cchavi having a lovely skin, pleasant to the skin D.III,159; J.V,215; VI,269. --jana a good man Mhvs 1, 85. --jāta well born, of noble birth D.I,93; Sn.548 sq. --jāti of noble family Mhvs 24, 50. --jīva easy to live Dh.244. --tanu having a slender waist Vv 64¹² (=sundara-sarīra VvA.280). --danta well subdued, tamed D.II,254; Dh.94; A.IV,376. --dassa easily seen Dh.252; (m.) a kind of gods, found in the fourteenth rūpa-brahmaloka D.II,52; Pug.17; Kvu 207. --diṭṭha well seen Sn.178; p. 143. --divasa a lucky day J.IV,209. --dujjaya difficult to win Mhvs 26, 3. --duttara very difficult to escape from A.V,232 sq., 253 sq.; Dh.86; Sn.358. --dukkara very difficult to do J.V,31. --duccaja very hard to give up J.VI,473. --duddasa very difficult to see Vin.I,5; Th.1, 1098; Dh.36; DhA.I,300; used as an epithet of Nibbāna S.IV,369. --duppadhaṁsiya very difficult to overwhelm D.III,176. --dubbala very weak Sn.4. --dullabha very difficult to obtain Sn.138; Vv 44¹⁹; Vism.2; VvA.20. --desika a good guide Miln.354; DhsA.123; Vism.465. --desita well preached Dh.44; Sn.88, 230. --ddiṭṭha [=su+uddiṭṭha] well set out Vin.I,129; J.IV,192. --ddhanta well blown M.III,243; DhsA.326;=saṁdhanta A.I,253; Vin.II,59. --dhammatā good nature, good character, goodness, virtue J.II,159; V,357; VI,527. --dhota well washed, thoroughly clean J.I,331. --nandī (scil. vedanā) pleasing, pleasurable S.I,53. --naya easily deducted, clearly understood A.III,179=sunnaya A.II,148; III, 179 (v. l.). --nahāta well bathed, well groomed D.I,104; as sunhāta at S.I,79. --nimmadaya easily overcome D 243 and sq. --nisita well whetted or sharpened J.IV,118; as °nissita at J.VI,248. --nisit-agga with a very sharp point VvA.227. --nīta well understood A.I,59. --pakka thoroughly ripe Mhvs 15, 38. --paṇṇasālā a beautiful hut J.I,7. --patittha having beautiful banks D.II,129; Ud.83=sūpatittha M.I,76. See also under sūpatittha. --parikammakata well prepared, well polished D.I,76; A.II,201; DA.I,221. --pariccaja easy to give away J.III,68. --parimaṇḍala well rounded, complete Mhvs 37, 225. --parihīna thoroughly bereft, quite done for It.35. --pāpa-kammin very wicked J.V,143. --pāpa-dhamma very wicked Vv 52¹. --pāpika very sinful, wicked A.II,203. --pāyita well saturated, i. e. hardened (of a sword) J.IV,118. Cp. suthita. --pāsiya easily threaded (of a needle) J.III,282. --picchita well polished, shiny, slippery J.V,197 (cp. Sk. picchala?). Dutoit “fest gepresst” (pīḷ?), so also Kern, Toev. II.85. C. expl^s as suphassita. --pipi good to drink J.VI,526. --pīta see suthita. --pubbaṇha a good morning A.I,294. --posatā good nature Vin.I,45. --ppaṭikāra easy requital A.I,123. --ppaṭipanna well conducted A.II,56; Pug.48; --tā, good conduct Nett 50. --ppaṭippatāḷita well played on D.II,171; A.IV,263. --ppaṭividdha thoroughly understood A.II,185. --ppatiṭṭhita firmly established It.77; Sn.444. --ppatīta well pleased Mhvs 24, 64. --ppadhaṁsiya easily assaulted or overwhelmed D.III,176; S.II,264. Cp. °duppadhaṁsiya. --ppadhota thoroughly cleansed D.II,324. --ppabhāta a good daybreak Sn.178. --ppameyya easily fathomed D.I,266; Pug.35. --ppavādita (music) well played Vv 39. --ppavāyita well woven, evenly woven Vin.III,259. --ppavedita well preached It.78; Th.2, 341; ThA.240. --ppasanna thoroughly full of faith Mhvs 34, 74. --ppahāra a good blow J.III,83. --phassita agreeable to touch, very soft J.I,220; V,197 (C. for supicchita); smooth VvA.275. --bahu very much, very many Mhvs 20, 9; 30, 18; 34, 15; 37, 48. --bāḷhika see bāḷhika. --bbata virtuous, devout D.I,52; S.I,236; Sn.220; Dh.95; J.VI,493; DhA.II,177; III,99; PvA.226; VvA.151. --bbināya easy to understand Nd 326. --bbuṭṭhi abundant rainfall Mhvs 15, 97; DhA.I,52; --kā the same D.I,11. --brahā very big J.IV,111. --bhara easily supported, frugal; --tā frugality Vin.I,45; II,2; M.I,13. --bhikkha having plenty of food (nt.) plenty D.I,11. --°vāca called plenty, renowned for great liberality It.66. --bhūmi good soil M.I,124. --majja well polished J.III,282. --majjhantika a good noon A.I,294. --mati wise Mhvs 15, 214. --matikata well harrowed A.I,239. --mada very joyful J.V,328. --mana glad, happy D.I,3; III,269; A.II,198; Sn.222, 1028; Dh.68; Vism.174. kind, friendly J.IV,217 (opp. disa). --manohara very charming Mhvs 26, 17. --manta welladvised, careful Miln.318. --mānasa joyful Vin.I,25; Mhvs 1, 76. --māpita well built J.I,7. --mutta happily released D.II,162. --medha wise Vin.I,5; M.I,142; A.II,49 and sq.; Dh.208; Sn.117, 211 etc.; It.33; Nd¹ 453. --medhasa wise D.II,267; A.II,70; Dh.29. --yiṭṭha well sacrificed A.II,44. --yutta well suited, suitable J.I,296. --ratta very red J.I,119; DhA.I,249. --rabhi fragrant S.IV,71; Vv 84³²; J.I,119; A.III,238; Vv 44¹², 53⁸, 71⁶; Pv.II,12³; Vism.195 (°vilepana); VvA.237; PvA.77; Davs.IV,40; Miln.358. --°karaṇḍaka fragrance box, a fragrant box Th.2, 253; ThA.209. --ruci resplendent Sn.548. --ruddha very fierce J.V,425, 431 (read °rudda). --rūpin handsome Mhvs 22, 20. --rosita nicely anointed J.V,173. --laddha well taken; (nt.) a good gain, bliss Vin.I,17; It.77. --labha easy to be obtained It.102; J.I,66; VI,125; PvA.87. --vaca of nice speech, compliant M.I,43, 126; Sn.143; A.III,78; J.I,224. Often with padakkhiṇaggāhin (q. v.). See also subbaca & abstr. der. sovacassa. --vatthi [i. e. su+asti] hail, well-being Cp. 100=J.IV,31; cp. sotthi. --vammita well harnessed J.I,179. --vavatthāpita well known, ascertained J.I,279; Miln.10. --vānaya [i. e. su-v-ānaya] easily brought, easy to catch J.I,80, 124, 238. --viggaha of a fine figure, handsome Mhvs 19, 28. --vijāna easily known Sn.92; J.IV,217. --viññāpaya easy to instruct Vin.I,6. --vidūravidūra very far off A.II,50. --vibhatta well divided and arranged Sn.305. --vilitta well perfumed D.I,104. --vimhita very dismayed J.VI,270. --visada very clean or clear SnA 195. --visama very uneven, dangerous Th.II,352; ThA.242. --vihīna thoroughly bereft J.I,144. --vuṭṭhikā abundance of rain J.II,80; SnA 27; DA.I,95; see subbuṭṭhikā. --vositaṁ happily ended J.IV,314. --saṅkhata well prepared A.II,63. --saññā (f.) having a good understanding J.V,304; VI,49, 52, 503 (for °soññā? C. sussoṇiya, i. e. having beautiful hips); Ap 307 (id.). --saññata thoroughly restrained J.I,188. --saṇṭhāna having a good consistence, well made Sn.28. --sattha well trained J.III,4. --sandhi having a lovely opening J.V,204. --samāgata thoroughly applied to A.IV,271 (aṭṭhaṅga°, i. e. uposatha). --samāraddha thoroughly undertaken D.II,103; S.II,264 sq.; Dh.293; DhA.III,452. --samāhita well grounded, steadfast D.II,120; Dh.10; DhA.IV,114; It.113; --atta of steadfast mind S.I,4, 29. --samucchinna thoroughly eradicated M.I,102. --samuṭṭhāpaya easily raised S.V,113. --samudānaya easy to accomplish J.III,313. --sambuddha easy to understand Vin.I,5; Sn.764; S.I,136. --sāyaṇha a good, blissful evening A.I,294. --sikkhita well learnt, thoroughly acquired Sn.261; easily trained, docile J.I,444; II,43. --sikkhāpita well taught, trained J.I,444. --sippika a skilful workman Mhvs 34, 72. --sīla moral, virtuous S.I,141. --sukka very white, resplendent D.II,18; III,144; Sn.548. --seyya lying on soft beds S.II,268. --ssata well remembered M.I,520. --ssara melodious Vv 36⁴; SnA 355. --ssavana good news J.I,61. --ssoṇi having beautiful hips J.IV,19; V,7, 294; cp. sussoṇiya J.VI,503, & see °saññā. --hajja friend S.IV,59; Dh.219; Sn.37; J.I,274; A.IV,96; DhA.III,293. --hada friendly, good-hearted a friend D.III,187 (=sundara-hadaya C.) J.IV,76; VI,382; suhadā a woman with child J.V,330. --hanna modesty J.I,421. See hanna. --huṭṭhita [su+ uṭṭhita] well risen Sn.178. --huta well offered, burnt as a sacrifical offering A.II,44. (Page 714)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Subahu: {'def': '【形】非常多的，很多的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常多的，很多的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Subbaca: {'def': '【形】服从的，温顺的，顺从的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [su+vaca] compliant, meek A.III,180. See also suvaca (under su°). Der. sovacassa. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】服从的，温顺的，顺从的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Subbata: {'def': '【形】好行为的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】好行为的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Subbhū: {'def': '(adj.) [su+bhū, Sk. bhrū, see bhūkuṭi] having beautiful eyebrows J.IV,18 (=subhamukhā C.). (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Subbuṭṭhi: {'def': '【阴】多雨。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】多雨。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Subha: {'def': '【形】幸运的，吉兆的，愉快的，净的。【中】福利，美。subhakiṇṇa,【阳】遍净天神。subhanimitta,【中】净相，吉兆。A.1.2./I,3.︰“Nāhaṁ bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando uppajjati uppanno vā kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattati yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, subhanimittaṁ. Subhanimittaṁ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva kāmacchando uppajjati uppanno ca kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattatī”ti.(诸比丘！我不见别有一法，能使生起未生之慾欲，或令增广已生之慾欲。诸比丘！这就是净相。诸比丘！不从根源作意(不如理作意)净相者，即令生起未生之慾欲，或令增广已生之慾欲。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】幸运的，吉兆的，愉快的。【中】福利，美。 ~kiṇṇa, 【阳】遍净天神。 ~nimitta, 【中】吉兆，美丽的物体。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic śubhas fr. subh; cp. sobhati] shining, bright, beautiful D.I,76=II.13=M.III,102; Dhs.250; DA.I,221; auspicious, lucky, pleasant Sn.341; It.80; good Sn.824, 910; subhato maññati to consider as a good thing Sn.199; J.I,146; cp. S.IV,111; (nt.) welfare, good, pleasantness, cleanliness, beauty, pleasure; --vasena for pleasure’s sake J.I,303, 304; asubha anything repulsive, disgusting or unpleasant S.I,188; V,320; subhâsubha pleasant and unpleasant Miln.136; J.III,243 (niraya=subhānaṁ asubhaṁ unpleasant for the good, C.); cp. below subhāsubha.

--aṅgana with beautiful courts J.VI,272. --âsubha good and bad, pleasant & unpleasant Dh.409=Sn.633. --kiṇṇa the lustrous devas, a class of devas D II 69; M I 2. 329, 390; III,102; A.I,122; J.III,358; Kvu 207; also written °kiṇha A.II,231, 233; IV,40, 401; Vism.414, 420 sq.; VbhA.520; KhA 86. --gati going to bliss, to heaven Mhvs 25, 115. --ṭṭhāyin existing or remaining, continuing, in glory D.I,17; DA.I,110; A.V,60. --dhātu the element of splendour S.II,150. --nimitta auspicious sign, auspiciousness as an object of one’s thought M I 26; A.I,3, 87, 200; S.V,64, 103; Vism.20. --saññā perception or notion of what is pleasant or beautiful Nett 27. Opp. asubhasaññā concept of repulsiveness A.I,42; II,17; III,79; IV,46; V,106. See asubha. --saññin considering as beautiful A.II,52. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Subhadda: {'def': '[Sk. Subhadra] m. 須跋, 須跋陀羅, 善賢, スバｯダ[仏最後の弟子]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': '（比库名）苏跋达，（古音译：）须跋陀罗', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Subhaga: {'def': '(adj.) [su+bhaga] lucky; °karaṇa making happy or beloved (by charms) D.I,11; DA.I,96. -- Der. Sobhagga (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】幸运的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】幸运的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Subhakiṇṇa: {'def': 'Subhakiṇha m. [BSk. Śubhakṛtsna] 遍浄 [第三禅天の最上位].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'Subhakiṇha m. [BSk. Śubhakṛtsna] 遍浄天[三禪天的最上位].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》李瑩譯词数 708.'}

Subhara: {'def': '(su易+bhara支援),【形】容易支援的(easy to support)，易养。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】容易支援的，容易满意的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Subhariyā: {'def': '【阴】贤妻，好太太。Lokanīti #97(世间格言)︰Eka māsā subhariyā,贤妻一个月(就会忘记)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Subhikkha: {'def': '【形】有许多食物的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】有许多食物的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Subhāvita: {'def': '(su善+bhāvita修习(【过分】),【过分】善修习。DhA.：Subhāvitanti samathavipassanābhāvanāhi subhāvitaṁ(‘善修习’即善修习止观)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Subhūti: {'def': 'm. [BSk.〃] 須菩提, 善現 [仏弟子中無諍(解空)第一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '（比库名）苏菩帝，（古音译：）须菩提', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk.〃] 須菩提, 善現 [佛弟子中無諍(解空)第一].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》李瑩譯词数 708.'}

Sucarita: {'def': '【中】正确的行为。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】正确的行为。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Succhanna: {'def': '【形】覆盖得好的，屋顶盖得好的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】覆盖得好的，屋顶盖得好的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suci: {'def': '【形】纯粹的，干净的。【中】仁慈，善良，纯净的事物。 ~kamma,【形】净业的。 ~gandha, 【形】芳香的。 ~jātika, 【形】爱好清洁的。~vasana, 【形】衣着干净的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic śuci] pure, clean, white D.I,4; A.I,293; Sn.226, 410. -- opp. asuci impure A.III,226; V,109, 266. -- (nt.) purity, pure things J.I,22; goodness, merit Dp 245; a tree used for making foot-boards VvA.8.

--kamma whose actions are pure Dh.24. --gandha having a sweet perfume Dh.58; DhA.I,445. --gavesin longing for purity S.I,205; DhA.III,354. --ghaṭika read sūcighaṭikā at Vin.II,237. --ghara Vin.II,301 sq.; see sūcighara. --jātika of clean descent J.II,11. --bhojana pure food Sn.128. --mhita having a pleasant, serene smile Vv 18¹⁰; 50²⁵; 64¹²; VvA.96, 280 (also explained as a name); J.IV,107. --vasana wearing clean, bright clothes Sn.679. (Page 717)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】纯粹的，乾净的。【中】仁慈，善良，纯净的事物。sucikamma,【形】净业的。sucigandha,【形】芳香的。sucijātika,【形】爱好清洁的。sucivasana,【形】衣著乾净的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sucimant: {'def': '(adj.) [suci+mant] pure, an epithet of the Buddha A.IV,340. (Page 717)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sucitta: {'def': 'sucittita,【形】多杂色的，画得好的，漆油得好的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'sucittita, 【形】多杂色的，画得好的，漆油得好的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suciṇṇa: {'def': '【阳】遵守。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudanta: {'def': '【形】驯养得好的，调御者。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】驯养得好的，调御者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudassa: {'def': 'm. [BSk. Sudṛśa] 善見[五浄居天の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【形】善见天，容易看到的。sudassana,【形】有好外表的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】善见天，容易看到的。 ~na, 【形】有好外表的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sudassin: {'def': 'm. [BSk. Sudarśa, Sudarśana] 善見[五浄居天の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Sudassī: {'def': 'Sudassa: s. foll.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Sudatta: {'def': 'm. 須達, 須達多, 善施[=給孤独 Anāthapiṇḍika, 祇園精舎を奉献した長者].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Sudaŋ: {'def': '冗言的虚词。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sudaṁ: {'def': '冗言的虚词。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(indecl.) [=Vedic svid, influenced by sma: see su³] a deictic (seemingly pleonastic) particle in combⁿ with demonstr. pronouns and adverbs; untranslatable, unless by “even, just,” e. g. tapassī sudaṁ homi, lūkha ssudaṁ [sic] homi etc. M.I,77=J.I,390; cp. itthaṁ sudaṁ thus Sn.p. 59; tatra sudaṁ there Vin.I,4, 34; IV,108; D.I,87; II,91; It.15; api ssudaṁ D.II,264; S.I,119; api sudaṁ S.I,113; sā ssudam S.II,255. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(=Vedic svid, influenced by sma: see su3),【叹】直证的(a deictic (seemingly pleonastic冗言的) particle in combn with demonstr. pronouns and adverbs; untranslatable, unless by “even, just,” )e. g. tapassī sudaṁ homi, lūkha ssudaṁ [sic] homi etc.; cp. itthaṁ sudaṁ thus; tatra sudaṁ there; api ssudaṁ; api sudaṁ; sā ssudam.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudda: {'def': '[cp. Vedic śūdra] (see detail under vaṇṇa 6) a Sūdra Vin.II,239; D.I,104; III,81, 95 sq. (origin); M.I,384; A.I,162; II,194; S.I,102; Pug.60; Sn.314; fem. suddī D.I,241; A.III,226, 229; Vin.III,133. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】(印度种姓等级中最低等级)首陀罗族人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】（印度种姓等级中最低等级）首陀罗族人。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suddha: {'def': '【形】干净的，纯粹的，不掺杂的，简单的。 ~ta, 【阴】 ~tta, 【中】纯净。 ~ājīva, 【形】过纯净的生活的，【阳】纯净的生计。 ~āvāsa, 【阳】净居（梵天）。 ~āvāsika, 【形】住在净居天的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】乾净的，纯粹的，不掺杂的，简单的，只，唯。suddhata,【阴】suddhatta,【中】纯净。suddhājīva,【形】过纯净的生活的，【阳】纯净的生计。Suddhāvāsa,【阳】净居天(属於地四禅天，共有五天︰(1)无烦天Avihā, (2)无热天Atappā, (3)善现天Sudassī, (4)善见天 Sudassā, (5)色究竟天(阿迦尼吒) Akaniṭṭhā。五净居天是只有已证得三果的阿那含才能投生，而会在该天入无余涅盘。投生至该地者绝不会再回到较下层的界地，而肯定会在该地证入般涅盘。) SA.1.37./I,75.︰Suddhāvāsakāyikānanti suddhāvāsavāsīnaṁ. Suddhāvāsā nāma suddhānaṁ anāgāmikhīṇāsavānaṁ āvāsā pañca brahmalokā.(诸净居天的众生︰诸净居天的住者。净居天纯粹是阿那含及漏尽者的住处的五种梵天。) 五净居天suddhāvāsā 五根强者 1.无烦天 Avihā；paṭhamatalavāsino 信根强者 2.无热天 Atappā；dutiyatalavāsino 精进根强者 3.善现天Sudassī；tatiyatalavāsino 念根强者 4.善见天 Sudassā；catutthatalavāsino 定根强者 5.色究竟天(阿迦尼吒) Akaniṭṭhā；pañcamatalavāsino 慧根强者 S.48.12./V,200.︰Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti.(诸比丘！对此五根满足、圆满者，则为阿罗汉，较此软弱者，则为不还者。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of sujjhati] 1. clean, pure, Vin.I,16; II,152; D.I,110; Sn.476. -- 2. purified, pure of heart M.I,39; Dh.125, 412; Sn.90 -- 3. simple, mere, unmixed, nothing but S.I,135; DhsA.72; J.II,252 (°daṇḍaka just the stick).

--antaparivāsa a probation of complete purification Vin.II,59 sq. --ājīva clean livelihood VbhA.116; DhA.IV,111. --ājīvin living a pure life Dp 366. --ânupassin considering what is pure Sn.788; Nd¹ 85. --āvāsa pure abode, name of a heaven and of the devas inhabiting it D.II,50; Vism.392. Five are enum^d at D.III,237, viz. Avihā, Atappā, Sudassā, Sudassī, Akaniṭṭhā; cp. M.III,103. --āvāsakāyika belonging to the pure abode, epithet of the Suddhāvāsa devas Vin.II,302; D.II,253; S.I,26. --pīti whose joy is pure Mhvs 29, 49. --buddhi of pure intellect J.I,1. --vaṁsatā purity of lineage Mhvs 59, 25. --vasana wearing pure clothes Th.2, 338; ThA.239. --vālukā white sand Mhvs 19, 37. --saṅkhārapuñja a mere heap of saṅkhāras S.I,135. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suddha-vipassanā-yānika: {'def': '(= Sukkha-vipassaka), these terms are used only in the Com., as also their counterpart samathayānika .', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Suddhaka: {'def': '(nt.) [suddha+ka] a trifle, a minor offence, less than a Saṅghādisesa Vin.II,67. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suddhasaṅkhārapuñjoyaṁ: {'def': '唯诸行之聚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suddhatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. suddha] purity D.II,14; Vism.44. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suddhatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. suddha] purity Sn.435. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suddhi: {'def': '【阴】纯净，清净。suddhimagga,【阳】清净道。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】纯净，清净。 ~magga, 【阳】清净道。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. śudh] purity, purification, genuineness, sterling quality D.I,54; M.I,80; II,132, 147; S.I,166, 169, 182; IV,372; Th.2, 293; DhA.III,158 (v. l. visuddhi); VvA.60 (payoga°); Vism.43 (fourfold: desanā°, saṁvara°, pariyeṭṭhi°, paccavekkhaṇa°); Dhs.1005; Sn.478; suddhiṁvada stating purity, Sn.910; Nd¹ 326; suddhināya leading to purity Sn.910. Cp. pari°, vi°.

--magga the path of purification (cp. visuddhi°) S.I,103. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suddhika: {'def': '(adj.) [suddhi+ka] 1. connected with purification Dhs.519--522; udaka-s. pure by use of water S.I,182; Vin.I,196; udakasuddhikā (f.) cleaning by water Vin.IV,262; susāna-s. fastidious in the matter of cemeteries J.II,54. -- 2. pure, simple; orthodox, schematized; justified Nd¹ 89 (vatta°); Vism.63 (ekato & ubhato), 64 (id.); DhsA.185 (jhāna). (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suddhodana: {'def': 'm. [BSk. Śuddhodana] 浄飯[釈尊の父, 釈迦族の国王].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Suddhāvāsa: {'def': 'm. [BSk. Śuddhāvāsa] 浄居, 五浄居天[第四禅天における無漏聖者の住処五種; 無煩, 無熱, 善現, 善見, 阿迦膩吒].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': "the 'Pure Abodes', are a group of 5 heavens belonging to the fine-material world (rūpa-loka, s. loka), where only the Non-returners (s. Anāgāmī, q.v.) are reborn, and in which they attain Arahatship and Nibbāna (ariya-puggala). The names of the inhabitants of these Pure Abodes are: Āviha, Ātappa, Sudassa, Sudassī, Akaṇiṭṭha. Cf. Anāgāmī.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Suddhāvāsika: {'def': '【形】住在净居天的。suddhavipassanāyāniko﹐纯观乘者(纯观行者suddhavipassanāyānikena yoginā)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudesita: {'def': '【形】弘法得好的，教得好的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】弘法得好的，教得好的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudhamma-sabhā: {'def': 'f. [三十三天の堂]善法堂, 正法殿, 善法講堂.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Sudhammatā: {'def': '【阴】好脾气。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】好脾气。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudhanta: {'def': '【过分】已吹好，已洁净得好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已吹好，已洁净得好。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sudhota: {'def': '【过分】已洗好，已彻底地干净。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【过分】已洗好，已彻底地乾净。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudhā: {'def': '【阴】天人的食物，甘露(ambrosia)，石灰，水泥。sudhākamma,【中】粉刷或涂抹。sudhākara,【阳】月亮。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】神的食物，石灰，水泥。 ~kamma, 【中】粉刷，用石灰水粉刷或涂抹。 ~kara, 【阳】月亮。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. sudhā] 1. the food of the gods, ambrosia J.V,396; Vism.258=KhA 56 (sakkhara°). -- 2. lime, plaster, whitewash, cement Vin.II,154; °-kamma whitewashing, coating of cement J.VI,432; Mhvs 38, 74. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sudhī: {'def': '【阳】明智的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】明智的人。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sudinna: {'def': '【形】充分地给的，善施。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】充分地给的，善施。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sudinna-kalandakaputta: {'def': 'm. 須提那迦蘭陀子 [比丘の名, 第一波羅夷の初犯者, 戒条制定の初犯者]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sudiṭṭha: {'def': '【形】彻底地看到的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】彻底地看到的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudubbala: {'def': '【形】非常弱的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非常弱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sududdasa: {'def': '【形】非常难见的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非常难见的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sudukkara: {'def': '【形】非常难做的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常难做的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sudullabha: {'def': '【形】非常难获得的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常难获得的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suduttara: {'def': '【形】非常难逃脱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常难逃脱的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sugahana: {'def': '【中】善掌握，控制得好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】善掌握，控制得好。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sugandha: {'def': '【阳】芬芳，愉快的气味。【形】芬香的。 ~ndhī, ~dhika, 【形】芬香的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】芬芳，愉快的气味。【形】芬香的。sugandhī, sugandhika,【形】芬香的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sugata: {'def': '【形】好好地归去的，快乐的。【阳】善逝(佛陀)。Sugatālaya,【阳】佛陀的住宅，模仿佛陀。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】好好地归去的，快乐的。【阳】善逝（佛陀）。 ~tālaya, 【阳】佛陀的住宅，模仿佛陀。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[su+gata] faring well, happy, having a happy life after death (gati): see under gata; cp. Vism.424 (s.= sugati-gata). Freq. Ep. of the Buddha (see Dict. of Names).

--aṅgula a Buddha-inch, an inch according to the standard accepted by Buddhists Vin.IV,168. --ālaya imitation of the Buddha J.I,490, 491; II,38, 148, 162; III,112. --ovāda a discourse of the Blessed one J.I,119, 349; II,9, 13, 46; III,368. --vidatthi a Buddha-span, a span of the accepted length Vin.III,149; IV,173. --vinaya the discipline of the Buddha A.II,147. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '善逝', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Sugati: {'def': '(f.) [su+gati] happiness, bliss, a happy fate (see detail under gati) Vin.II,162, 195; D.I,143; II,141; Pug.60; It.24, 77, 112; A.III,5, 205; V,268; Vism.427 (where def^d as “sundarā gati” & distinguished fr. sagga as including “manussagati,” whereas sagga is “devagati”); VbhA.158; DhA.I,153. -- suggati (in verses), Dh.18; D.II,202 (printed as prose); J.IV,436 (=sagga C.); VI,224. Kern, Toev. II.83 expl^d suggati as svargati, analogous to svar-ga (=sagga); doubtful. Cp. duggati. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '善趣;善道', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '【阴】善趣，快乐的境界。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】善趣，快乐的境界。《如是语经》(It.I, 77.)：Manussattaṁ kho bhikkhave devānaṁ sugatigamanasaṅkhātaṁ(比丘们！人的状态才可称为诸天之善趣。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sugatin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sugati] righteous Dh.126; J.I,219= Vin.II,162 (suggatī). (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sugato: {'def': '善逝', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Sugatī: {'def': 'sukatī,【形】正直的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'sukatī, 【形】正直的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suggahita: {'def': '(su+gahita),【形】1.紧握的(grasped tightly, attentive)。2.学得好的，注意的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】 1. 紧握的。 2. 学得好的，注意的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sugutta: {'def': 'sugopita,【过分】已保卫得好，已保护得好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'sugopita, 【过分】已保卫得好，已保护得好。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suhada: {'def': '【阳】善心人，善友。DA.31./I,950.：suhadāti sundarahadayā.(善心人：好心人)。Suhadamitto(mitto suhado)﹐善心的朋友。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】朋友。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suhajja: {'def': '【中】友好，友谊。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】友好，友谊。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suhatā: {'def': '(f.) [sukha+tā] happiness J.III,158. Suhadā……..(?) (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suhita: {'def': '【形】满足的。(p351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】满足的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [su+hita] satiated M.I,30; J.I,266, 361; V,384; Miln.249. (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sujampati: {'def': 'm. 須闍の夫, 善生主(帝釈インドラ) cf. Inda', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sujana: {'def': '【阳】有品德的人。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】有品德的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sujjhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sujjhati] purification Vism.44. (Page 717)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sujjhati: {'def': '(sudh + ya), 变得干净，变得纯净。【过】 sujjhi。【现分】 ~jhamāna。【过分】 suddha。【独】 ~jhitvā。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': ' [śudh which the Dhtp (417) defines as “soceyye,” i. e. from cleansing] to become clean or pure M.I,39; S.I,34, 166; Nd¹ 85; Vism.3; cp. pari°. -- pp. suddha. -- Caus. sodheti (q. v.). (Page 717)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(sudh +ya), 变得乾净，变得纯净。【过】sujjhi。【现分】sujjhamāna。【过分】suddha。【独】sujjhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sujā: {'def': '【阴】 1. 献祭的杓子。 2. 须阇（帝释妻子的名）。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'f. 須闍, 善生, スジャ一 [阿修羅女, 帝釈の妻]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic sruc, f.] a sacrificial ladle D.I,120, 138; S.I,169; DA.I,289, 299. (Page 717)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vedic sruc),【阴】1.献祭的杓子(a sacrificial ladle)。2.须闍(帝释妻子的名)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sujāta: {'def': '【过分】已生得好，好出生。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【过分】已生得好，好出生。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suka: {'def': '【阳】鹦鹉(parrot)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Vedic śuka, fr. śuc] a parrot J.I,458; II,132; instead of suka read sūka S.V,10. See suva. (Page 715)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】鹦鹉。(p345)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukara: {'def': '【形】容易的，容易完成的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】容易的，容易完成的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukaṭa: {'def': 'sukata,【形】做得好的。【中】善行。Sukatadukkaṭa(=kusalākusala) 善行及恶行。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'sukata, 【形】做得好的。【中】善行。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukha: {'def': '【中】快乐，安慰。 ~kāma, 【形】想快乐的。 ~tthika, ~tthī, 【形】想快乐的。 ~da, 【形】产生快乐的。 ~nisinna, 【形】安乐坐着的。~paṭisaŋvedī, 【形】感觉快乐的。 ~ppatta, 【形】快乐的。 ~bhāgiya,【形】享乐的。 ~yānaka, 【中】随和的车。 ~vipāka, 【形】快乐的果报。 ~viharaṇa, 【中】舒服的生活。 ~saŋvāsa, 【阳】愉快的联合。~samphassa, 【形】愉快的接触。 ~sammata, 【形】认为快乐的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】快乐，安慰。sukhakāma,【形】欲乐的。sukhatthika, sukhatthī,【形】想快乐的。sukhada,【形】产生快乐的。sukhanisinna,【形】安乐坐著的。sukhapaṭisaṁvedī,【形】感觉快乐的。sukhappatta,【形】快乐的。sukhabhāgiya,【形】享乐的。sukhayānaka,【中】随和的车。sukhavipāka,【形】快乐的果报。sukhaviharaṇa,【中】舒服的生活。sukhasaṁvāsa,【阳】愉快的联合。sukhasamphassa,【形】愉快的接触。sukhasammata,【形】认为快乐的。Vbh.567：Tattha katamā pīti? Yā pīti pāmojjaṁ āmodanā pamodanā hāso pahāso vitti odagyaṁ attamanatā cittassa--ayaṁ vuccati “pīti”. Tattha katamaṁ sukhaṁ? Yaṁ cetasikaṁ sātaṁ cetasikaṁ sukhaṁ cetosamphassajaṁ sātaṁ sukhaṁ vedayitaṁ cetosamphassajā sātā sukhā vedanā--idaṁ vuccati “sukhaṁ”. Idaṁ sukhaṁ imāya pītiyā sahagataṁ hoti sahajātaṁ saṁsaṭṭhaṁ sampayuttaṁ. Tena vuccati “pītisukhan”ti.(此中，什么是‘喜’呢？凡是喜、高兴、喜悦、极悦、欢乐、极欢乐、幸福、洋洋得意、心满意足，称为‘喜’。此中，什么是乐呢？凡是心的快乐、心的乐、心触生乐、领受乐、心触生诸乐、乐受，称为‘乐’。这乐和喜俱行、俱生、结合、联结，称为‘喜乐’。)。四种乐：一、出离乐 (nekkhammasukha)。二、远离乐(pavivekasukha闲静乐)。三、寂静乐(upasamasukha)。四、正菩提乐(sambodhasukha正觉乐)。M.A.66.CS:p.3.119-20：Nekkhammasukhanti kāmato nikkhantasukhaṁ. Pavivekasukhanti gaṇatopi kilesatopi pavivittasukhaṁ. Upasamasukhanti rāgādivūpasamatthāya sukhaṁ. Sambodhasukhanti maggasaṅkhātassa sambodhassa nibbattanatthāya sukhaṁ.(一、出离乐：从欲离去之乐。二、远离乐：从群衆、烦恼隔离之乐。三、寂静乐：染等寂静之乐。四、正菩提乐(sambodhasukha正觉乐)：已存在所谓的道、正菩提之乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [Vedic sukha; in R. V. only of ratha; later generally] agreeable, pleasant, blest Vin.I,3; Dh.118, 194, 331; Sn.383; paṭipadā, pleasant path, easy progress A.II,149 sq.; Dhs.178; kaṇṇa-s. pleasant to the ear D.I,4; happy, pleased D.II,233. -- nt. sukhaṁ wellbeing, happiness, ease; ideal, success Vin.I,294; D.I,73 sq.; M.I,37; S.I,5; A.III,355 (deva-manussānaṁ); It.47; Dh.2; Sn.67; Dhs.10; DhsA.117; PvA.207 (lokiya° worldly happiness). -- kāyika sukkha bodily welfare Tikp 283; cp. Cpd. 112¹; sāmisaṁ s. material happiness A.I,81; III,412; VbhA.268. On relation to pīti (joy) see Vism.145 (saṅkhāra-kkhandha-saṅgahitā pīti, vedanā-kkhandha-saṅgahitaṁ sukhaṁ) and Cpd. 56, 243. -- Defined further at Vism.145 & 461 (iṭṭha-phoṭṭhabb-ânubhavana-lakkhaṇaṁ; i. e. of the kind of experiencing pleasant contacts). -- Two kinds, viz. kāyika & cetasika at Ps.I,188; several other pairs at A.I,80; three (praise, wealth, heaven) It.67; another three (manussa°, dibba°, nibbāna°) DhA.III,51; four (possessing, making good use of possessions, having no debts, living a blameless life) A.II,69. -- gātha-bandhana-sukh’atthaṁ for the beauty of the verse J.II,224. -- Opp. asukha D.III,222, 246; Sn.738; or dukkha, with which often comb^d (e. g. Sn.67, 873, with spelling dukha at both pass.). -- Cases: Instr. sukhena with comfort, happily, through happiness Th.1, 220; DhsA.406; Acc. sukhaṁ comfortably, in happiness; yathā s. according to liking PvA.133; sukhaṁ seti to rest in ease, to lie well S.I,41; A.I,136; Dh.19, 201; J.I,141. Cp. sukhasayita. -- s. edhati to thrive, prosper S.I,217; Dh.193; Sn.298; cp. sukham-edha Vin.III,137 (with Kern’s remarks Toev. II.83). s. viharati to live happily, A.I,96; III,3; Dh.379. -- Der. sokhya.

--atthin fem. --nī longing for happiness Mhvs 6, 4. --āvaha bringing happiness, conducive to ease S.I,2 sq., 55; Dh.35; J.II,42. --indriya the faculty of ease S.V,209 sq.; Dhs.452; It.15, 52. --udraya (sometimes spelt °undriya) having a happy result A.I,97; Ps.I,80; Pv IV.1⁷⁸ (=sukha-vipāka PvA.243); Vv 31⁸. --ūpaharaṇa happy offering, luxury J.I,231. --edhita read as sukhe ṭhita (i. e. being happy) at Vin.III,13 & S.V,351 (v. l. sukhe ṭhita); also at DhA.I,165; cp. J.VI,219. --esin looking for pleasure Dh.341. --kāma longing for happiness M.I,341; S.IV,172, 188. --da giving pleasure Sn.297. --dhamma a good state M.I,447. --nisinna comfortably seated J.IV,125. --paṭisaṁvedin experiencing happiness Pug.61. --ppatta come to well-being, happy J.III,112. --pharaṇatā diffusion of well-being, ease Nett 89 (among the constituents of samādhi). --bhāgiya participating in happiness Nett 120 sq., 125 sq., 239 (the four s. dhammā are indriyasaṁvara, tapasaṁkhāta puññadhamma, bojjhaṅgabhāvanā and sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggasaṅkhāta nibbāna). --bhūmi a soil of ease, source of ease Dhs.984; DhsA.346. --yānaka an easy-going cart DhA 325. --vinicchaya discernment of happiness M.III,230 sq. --vipāka resulting in happiness, ease D.I,51; A.I,98; DA.I,158. --vihāra dwelling at ease S.V,326. --vihārin dwelling at ease, well at ease D.I,75; Dhs.163; J.I,140. --saṁvāsa pleasant to associate with Dh.207. --saññin conceiving happiness, considering as happiness A.II,52. --samuddaya origin of bliss It.16, 52. --samphassa pleasant to touch Dhs.648. --sammata deemed a plea‹-› sure Sn.760. --sayita well embedded (in soil), of seeds A.III,404=D.II,354. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '乐', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Sukhamedhati: {'def': '乐在其中，蒙庆。sukhamedhatīti, sukhaṁ paṭilabhati.(乐在其中︰得到快乐。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sukhaŋ: {'def': '【副】容易地，安乐地。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukhaṁ: {'def': '【副】容易地，安乐地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sukhedhita: {'def': '【形】精致地教养。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】精致地教养。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukhesī: {'def': '【阳】寻快乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】寻快乐。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukheti: {'def': '[Caus. fr. sukha] to make happy D.I,51; S.IV,331; DA.I,157; also sukhayati DhsA.117; Caus. II. sukhāpeti D.II,202; Miln.79. -- pp. sukhita. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(su + khan + e), 使快乐。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 sukhita。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(su+khan掘+e), 使快乐。【过】sukhesi。【过分】sukhita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sukhin: {'def': '(fr. sukha), 快乐，幸福，高兴(happy, at ease)。sukhinī,【阴】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. sukha] happy, at ease D.I,31, 73, 108; A.II,185; S.I,20, 170; III,83; Dh.177; Sn.145; being well, unhurt J.III,541; fem. --nī D.II,13; M.II,126. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukhita: {'def': '(sukheti 的【过分】), 已快乐，已幸福，已高兴。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sukheti 的【过分】), 已快乐，已幸福，已高兴。sukhitatta (sukhita已快乐+atta自己)，自得其乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of sukheti] happy, blest, glad S.I,52; III,11 (sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito); IV,180; Sn.1029; Pv.II,8¹¹; healthy Mhvs 37, 128; °-atta [ātman] happy, easy Sn.145. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukhuma: {'def': '(adj.) [Epic Sk. sūkṣma] subtle, minute Vin.I,14; D.I,182; S.IV,202; A.II,171; Dhs.676; Th.2, 266; Dh.125=Sn.662; Vism.274, 488 (°rūpā). fine, exquisite D.II,17, 188; Miln.313; susukhuma, very subtle Th.1, 71=210 (°-nipuṇattha-dassin); cp. sokhumma; khoma-°, kappāsa-°, kambala-° (n.?) the finest sorts of linen, cotton stuff, woolwork (resp.) Miln.105. -- Der. sokhumma.

--acchika fine-meshed D.I,45; DA.I,127; Ap 21 (jāla). --diṭṭhi subtle view It.75. --dhāra with fine edge Miln.105. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Epic Sk. sūksma),【形】精细的，微小的，优良的，精致的(subtle, minut)。sukhumatara,【形】更好的，更精细的。sukhumatta,【中】sukhumatā,【阴】精细度，精致。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】精细的，微小的，优良的，精致的。 ~tara, 【形】更好的，更精细的。 ~tta, 【中】 ~tā, 【阴】精细度，精致。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukhumaka: {'def': '=sukhuma Ps.I,185. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukhumatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. sukhuma] fineness, delicacy D.II,17 sq. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukhumāla: {'def': '【形】嫩的，精致的，精制的。 ~tā, 【阴】精致的结构。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】嫩的，精致的，精制的。sukhumālatā,【阴】精致的结构。sukhumālo paramasukhumālo accanta sukhumālo(柔软、上柔软、极柔软)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. su-kumāra] tender, delicate, refined, delicately nurtured A.I,145; II,86 sq.; III,130; Vin.I,15, 179; II,180; beautifully young, graceful J.I,397; Sn.298; samaṇa-° a soft, graceful Samaṇa A.II,87; fem. sukhumālinī Th.2, 217; Miln.68, & sukhumālī J.VI,514. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukhumālatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. sukhumāla] delicate constitution J.V,295; DhA.III,283 (ati°). (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukhāvaha: {'def': '【形】带来快乐的。pāṇīnaṁ hitasukhāvaho dhammayāgī(以法施利乐诸众生)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】带来快乐的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukhāyati: {'def': '(sukha 的【派】), 很舒服，很快乐。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Sukhayati,(sukha 的【派】), 很舒服，很快乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[denom. fr. sukha] to be pleased J.II,31 (asukhāyamāna being displeased with). (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukka: {'def': '【形】白色的，纯粹的，好的，明亮的。【中】德行。 ~pakkha, 【阳】白半月份（初一至十五日）。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '² (adj.) [Vedic śukla] white, bright; bright, pure, good S.II,240; V,66, 104; Dh.87; Dhs.1303; It.36; J.I,129; Miln.200; sukkadhamma J.I,129; kaṇhāsukkaṁ evil and good Sn.526; Sukkā a class of gods D.II,260.

--aṁsa bright lot, fortune Dh.72; DhA.II,73. --chavi having a white skin J.IV,184; VI,508; at both pass. said of the sons of widows. --pakkha [cp. BSk. śukla-pakṣa Divy 38] the bright fortnight of a month A.II,19; Miln.388; J.IV,26 (opp. kāḷa-pakkha); the bright half, the good opportunity Th.2, 358; ThA.2. (Page 715)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】白色的，纯粹的，好的，明亮的。【中】1.德行。2.金星(太白Venus; 梵śukra 戌羯罗)3.精液。sukkapakkha,【阳】白半月份(阴历初一至十五日)。sukkavisaṭṭhi(sukka精液+visaṭṭhi射出), 射出精液。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ [Vedic śukra; fr. śuc] planet, star Ud. 9=Nett 150; (nt.) semen, sukkavisaṭṭhi emission of semen Vin.II,38; III,112; IV,30; Kvu 163. (Page 715)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukkavāro: {'def': '﹐【阳】星期五(日语：金曜日)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sukkha: {'def': '【形】干的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic śuṣka, fr. śuṣ] dry, dried up D.II,347; J.I,228, 326; III,435; V,106; Miln.261, 407. Cp. pari°, vi°.

--kaddama dried mud Mhvs 17, 35. --kantāra desert J.V,70. --vipassaka “dry-visioned” Cpd. 55, 75; with diff. explⁿ Geiger, Saṁyutta tsrlⁿ II.172 n. 1. (Page 715)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】乾的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sukkha-vipassaka: {'def': '(= suddha-vipassanā-yānika), these terms are used only in the Com., as also their counterpart samathayānika .', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Sukkhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sukkha] drying up J.III,390 (assu-°). (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】乾涸。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】干涸。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukkhati: {'def': '(sukkh+a), 乾枯。【过】sukkhi。【现分】sukhamāna。【独】sukkhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sukkh + a), 干枯。【过】 sukkhi。【现分】 ~khamāna。【独】sukkhitvā。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. śuṣka dry; śuṣ] to be dried up Miln.152; J.V,472; ppr. sukkhanto getting dry J.I,498; ppr. med. sukkhamāna wasting away J.I,104; Caus. II. sukkhāpeti S.I,8; Vin.IV,86; J.I,201, 380; II,56; DA.I,262; see also pubbāpeti. -- pp. sukkhita. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukkhita: {'def': '[pp. of sukkhati] dried up, emaciated Miln.303. Cp. pari°. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sukkhāpana: {'def': '【中】弄乾。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sukkhāpeti] drying, making dry J.VI,420. (Page 716)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】弄干。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sukkhāpeti: {'def': '(sukkhati 的【使】), 弄干。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~pita, 【独】~petvā。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sukkhati 的【使】), 弄乾。【过】sukhāpesi。【过分】sukhāpita,【独】sukhāpetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sukumāra: {'def': '【形】细致的。 ~tā, 【阴】精致的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】细致的。sukumāratā,【阴】精致的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sukusala: {'def': '【形】非常有技术的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常有技术的。(p346)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sulabha: {'def': '【形】容易获得的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】容易获得的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suladdha: {'def': '【形】好收获的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】好收获的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sulasī: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. surasī, “basilienkraut” BR; fr. surasa] a medicinal plant Vin.I,201; cp. Deśīnāmamālā VIII,40. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sulopī: {'def': '(f.) a kind of small deer J.VI,437, 438. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sumana: {'def': '【形】高兴的。 ~puppha, 【中】茉莉花。 ~makula, 【中】茉莉花蕾。 ~mālā, 【阴】茉莉花环。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(su好+mana心),【形】高兴的。sumanapuppha,【中】茉莉花(=vassikā)。sumanamakula,【中】茉莉花蕾。sumanamālā,【阴】茉莉花环。【人名】善意公主(Sumanā rājakumārī)，波斯匿王(King Kosala)的女儿。她在在观慧佛(Vipassi Buddha)时期，曾布施了一种名为茉莉花与乳饭，给以观慧佛为首的僧团后，她发愿：“bhavābhavābhinibbattiyaṁ me sati paritassanajīvitaṁ nāma mā hotu, ayaṁ Sumanamālā viya nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne piyāva homi, nāmena ca Sumanāyevā”ti (无论投生至何处，愿我生活无忧。无论投生至何处，愿我是个如此花般人见人爱的女人，愿我名为‘善意’。)(《增支部注》AA.5.31./III,239.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sumanohara: {'def': '【形】非常迷人的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非常迷人的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sumanā: {'def': '【阴】茉莉（见 Mallikā），高兴的女人。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(梵sumanā),【阴】1.茉莉、修摩那华(jasmine﹐见 Mallikā)，悦意花，色黄甚香，树高三四尺，四垂似盖。2.高兴的女人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'the great-flowered jasmine J.I,62; IV,455; DhA.IV,12. In composition sumana°.

--dāma a wreath of jasmine J.IV,455. --paṭṭa cloth with jasmine pattern J.I,62. --puppha j. flower Miln.291; VvA.147. --makula a j. bud DhA.III,371. --mālā garland of j. VvA.142. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sumarati: {'def': 'see sarati². (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sumati: {'def': '【阳】明智的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】明智的人。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sumaṅgala-vilāsinī: {'def': 'f. 長部経的註釋書. DA.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》李瑩譯词数 708.'}; {'def': 'f. 長部経の註釈書. DA.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Sumbhati: {'def': '(& sumhati) [sumbh (?), cp. Geiger, P.Gr. 60, 128. The Dhtm (306 & 548) only says “saṁsumbhane.” The BSk. form is subhati MVastu I.14] to push, throw over, strike J.III,185 (sumh°); VI,549. ‹-› pp. sumbhita. -- Cp. ā°, pari°. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sumbhita: {'def': '[pp. of sumbhati] knocked over, fallen (over) PvA.174. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sumedha: {'def': 'sumedhasa,【形】明智的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. 善慧, 須弥陀 [過去仏]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': 'sumedhasa, 【形】明智的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sumeru: {'def': '【阳】须弥山，苏迷卢,须弥卢,修迷楼。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '须弥，苏迷卢，须弥卢，修迷楼', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '須弥, 妙高 [世界最高の山で頂上に三十三天(忉利天)があり. 四方に四天王があるとされる]. = Meru, Neru, Sineru, Mahāneru', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sumsumārā: {'def': '﹐鼍。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sumutta: {'def': '【过分】已完全释放。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已完全释放。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sumānasa: {'def': '【形】欢喜的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】欢喜的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sumāpita: {'def': '【过分】已造好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已造好。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suna: {'def': '¹ [Sk. śūna, pp. of śū to swell] swollen Vin.II,253; A.IV,275, 470. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [Sk. śuna; see suvāṇa] a dog, also written suṇa J.VI,353, 357 (cp. sunakha). (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Sunāparanta: 輸那[インド西海岸北部地方の国名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sunaggavellita: {'def': '[su+agga+vellita; perhaps originally suv-agga°] beautifully curled at the ends (of hair) J.VI,86. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sunahāta: {'def': '【过分】已沐浴得好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已沭浴得好。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sunakha: {'def': '【阳】狗。 ~khī, 【阴】母狗。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】狗。sunakhī,【阴】母狗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. śunaka; the BSk. form is also sunakha, e. g. MVastu III,361, 369] a dog A.I,48; II,122; Th.2, 509; J.I,175, 189; II,128, 246; PvA.151, 206. -- rukkha° some sort of animal J.VI,538. fem. sunakhī a bitch J.IV,400. -- Names of some dogs in the Jātakas are Kaṇha (or Mahā°) J.IV,183; Caturakkha III,535; Jambuka, Pingiya ibid.; Bhattabhuñjana II.246. Cp. suvāṇa. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sunakkhatta: {'def': '善星[リッチャヴィ人, 謗仏者]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sundara: {'def': '【形】好的，美好的，美丽的。sundaratara,【形】更好的，更美丽的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】好的，美好的，美丽的。 ~tara, 【形】更好的，更美丽的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Epic & Class. Sk. sundara] beautiful, good, nice, well J.II,11, 98; SnA 410, 493 (cp. parovara). It is very frequent as Commentary word, e. g. for prefix su° PvA.57, 77; VvA.111; for subha PvA.14, 44; for sādhu SnA 176; for sobhana PvA.49; for seyyo PvA.130. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sunimmita: {'def': 'm. 妙化天 [六欲天の一]. =Paranimmitavasavattin', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Sunisita: {'def': '【过分】已磨得很利，已削得很尖。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已磨得很利，已削得很尖。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sunāparanta: {'def': 'Suna: 輸那[インド西海岸北部地方の国名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Supakka: {'def': '【形】完全成熟的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】完全成熟的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suparihīna: {'def': '【形】被彻底剥夺的，很瘦弱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】被彻底剥夺的，很瘦弱的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suparikammakata: {'def': '【形】准备好的，擦得很亮的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】准备好的，擦得很亮的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Supati: {'def': '(suppati, soppati) [svap; Vedic svapiti & svapati; svapna sleep or dream (see supina), with which cp. Gr. u(/pnos sleep=Av. xvafna, Lat. somnus, Ags. swefn. ‹-› Dhtp 481 “saye”] to sleep; supati Sn.110; J.II,61 (sukhaṁ supati he sleeps well); V,215; Pv.II,9³⁸; suppati S.I,107; soppati S.I,107, 110; Pot. supe S.I,111; ppr. supanto Vin.I,15; ppr. med. suppamāna J.III,404; aor. supi Miln.89⁴; Vin.II,78; PvA.195 (sukhaṁ); inf. sottuṁ S.I,111; pp. supita; also sutta¹ & sotta. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Suppati, Soppati) (sup+a) (svap; Vedic svapiti & svapati; svapna sleep or dream), 睡觉(to sleep)。【过】supi。【过分】sutta1, supita, sotta。【现分】supanta, med. suppamāna。【独】supitvā。cf. sayati(睡觉，躺下)。pot. supe。inf. sottuṁ。Sn.2-10.Uṭṭhānasuttaṁ(PTS:331)︰Uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, ko attho supitena vo; āturānañhi kā niddā, sallaviddhāna ruppataṁ.(起来！坐起来！睡觉有什么用？对那些被箭射中而受痛苦折磨的人，睡觉有什么用？)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sup + a), 睡觉。【过】 supi。【过分】 sutta。【现分】 supanta。【独】supitvā。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Supaṇṇa: {'def': '【阳】金翅鸟。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic suparṇa] “Fairwing” a kind of fairy bird, a mythical creature (cp. garuḷa), imagined as winged, considered as foe to the nāgas D.II,259; S.I,148; J.I,202; II,13, 107; III,91, 187, 188; VI,256, 257; Vism.155 (°rājā), 400; Nd¹ 92, 448; DhA.I,280; PvA.272; DA.I,51; Mhvs 14, 40; 19, 20. Four kinds S.III,246. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(梵suparṇī)﹐【阳】金翅鸟(音译：伽娄罗鸟)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Supaṭipanna: {'def': '【形】进入正道的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】进入正道的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suphassita: {'def': '【形】非常适合的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非常适合的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Supina: {'def': 'supinaka, supinanta, 【中】梦。 ~pāṭhaka, 【阳】占梦佬，解梦师。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(m. & nt.) [Vedic svapna; the contracted P. form is soppa] a dream, vision D.I,9, 54; S.I,198; IV,117 (supine in a dream; v. l. supinena); Sn.360, 807, 927; Nd¹ 126; J.I,334 sq., 374; V,42; DA.I,92, 164; Vv 44¹⁴; VbhA.407 (by 4 reasons), 408 (who has dreams); DhA.I,215. The five dreams of the Buddha A.III,240; J.I,69. dussupina an unpleasant dream J.I,335; PvA.105 (of Ajātasattu); maṅgala° a lucky dream J.VI,330; mahā°ṁ passati to have (lit. see) a great vision J.I,336 sq. (the 16 great visions); °ṁ ādisati to tell a dream Nd¹ 381. -- Supina at Pv.II,6¹ read supita.

--anta [anta pleonastic, cp. ThA.258 “supinam eva supinantaṁ”] a dream; Abl. °ante in a dream Th.2, 394; J.V,328 (spelt suppante; C. sopp°; expl^d as “supinena”); Instr. °antena id. Vin.II,125; III,112; J.V,40; VI,131; ThA.258; KhA 175; SnA 80. --pāṭhaka a dream-teller, astrologer Nd¹ 381. --sattha science of dream-telling, oneiromantics SnA 564. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Supinaka, Supinanta,【中】梦。supinapāṭhaka,【阳】占梦佬，解梦师。《增壹阿含52.9经》叙说佛为波斯匿王析释十种梦，并劝王当以法治化。cf. J.77.Mahāsupina-jātaka，No.146.《舍卫国王梦见十事经》(T2.870c)，No.147.《佛说舍卫国王十梦经》(T2.872a)，No.148.《国王不梨先泥十梦经》(T2.873a)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Supinaka: {'def': '[supina+ka] a dream Vin.II,25; D.II,333; M.I,365; J.V,354; DA.I,92. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Supita: {'def': '[pp. of supati] sleeping; (nt.) sleep S.I,198 (ko attho supitena)=Sn.331; SnA 338; Pv.II,6¹ (so read for supina?). (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suplavattha: {'def': 'at J.V,408 is doubtful in spelling & meaning. Perhaps to be read “suplavantaṁ” gliding along beautifully; C. expl^d as “sukhena plavan’atthaṁ.” (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Supoṭhita: {'def': 'supothita, 【过分】已完全打败。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[su+poṭhita] well beaten; perhaps at Miln.415 for suthita (said of iron); (nt.) a good thrashing DhA.I,48. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'supothita,【过分】已完全打败。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suppa: {'def': '【阳、中】簸箕，簸箩。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】【中】簸箕、簸箩(winnoing basket)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. Vedic śūrpa] a winnowing basket Ud.68; J.I,502; II,428; Vism.109 (+sarāva), 123; Miln.282; DhA.I,174 (kattara°); II,131; Mhvs 30, 9. °-ka a toy basket, little sieve DhsA.321 (+musalaka). (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suppabhāta: {'def': '【中】（问候语）黎明好，早安。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】(问候语)黎明好，早安。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suppadhaŋsiya: {'def': '【形】容易袭击的，容易制服的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suppadhaṁsiya: {'def': '【形】容易袭击的，容易制服的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suppanta: {'def': 'see under soppa. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suppasanna: {'def': '【形】非常清楚的，非常高兴的，充满信心的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常清楚的，非常高兴的，充满信心的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suppatiṭṭhita: {'def': '【过分】已坚固地建立。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已坚固地建立。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suppatā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. sūpa] in mugga-s. pea-soup talk, sugared words Miln.370. See under mugga. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suppatīta: {'def': '【形】很满足的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】很满足的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suppavattin: {'def': '彻底熟练(good-flowing, A.IV,140 (of pātimokkha; trsld as “thoroughly mastered” J.P.T.S.).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suppavedita: {'def': '【形】弘法得好的，善说法的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】弘法得好的，善说法的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suppaṭividdha: {'def': '【过分】已完全明白。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【过分】已完全明白。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suppāra: {'def': 'Suppāraka: m. 首波羅, 放鉢国 [今のSopāraでムンバイの北方]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Suppāraka: {'def': 'Suppāra: m. 首波羅, 放鉢国 [今のSopāraでムンバイの北方]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Supupphita: {'def': '【形】盖满花儿的，盛开花的。(p348)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】盖满花儿的，盛开花的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Supāyika: {'def': 'J.IV,118 (read: supāyita). See under su°. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Supāṇa: {'def': '[=suvāṇa] a dog D.II,295=M.I,58, 88; Sn.201; Miln.147. Spelt supāna at J.IV,400. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(=suvāṇa, =supāna), 狗(a dog)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Supīta: {'def': 'read Miln.415 for suthita (Kern’s suggestion). See under su°. (Page 719)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sura: {'def': '【阳】神，天神。suranadī,【阴】天河。suranātha,【阳】天神王。surapatha,【阳】天空。suripu,【阳】神的敌人(即：阿修罗 Asura 〔非神〕)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. Epic Sk. sura probably after asura] god Sn.681 (=deva SnA 484); name of a Bodhisatta J.V,12, 13; surakaññā a goddess, a heavenly maid J.V,407 (=devadhītā, C.); surinda the king of gods Mhbv 28. Opp. asura. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】神，天神。 ~nadī, 【阴】天河。 ~nātha, 【阳】天神王。 ~patha,【阳】天空。 ~ripu, 【阳】神的敌人（即：阿修罗 Asura 〔非神〕）。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Surabhi: {'def': '【形】芬香的。 ~gandha, 【阳】芬芳。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】芬香的。surabhigandha,【阳】芬芳。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Surata: {'def': '(adj.) [su+rata] (in good sense:) well-loving, devoted: see soracca; (in bad sense:) sexual intercourse, thus wrongly for soracca at J.III,442 C., with explⁿ as “dussīlya.” Cp. sūrata. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】很亲爱的，投入的，执著的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】很亲爱的，投入的，执着的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suratta: {'def': '【形】染得好的，非常红的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】染得好的，非常红的。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suraṭṭha: {'def': '[Sk. Surāṣṭra] 須頼吒 [西インド Kāthiāvar 半島の南半の国の名]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Suriya: {'def': '【阳】太阳。 ~ggāha, 【阳】日蚀。 ~maṇḍala,【中】日轮。 ~tthaṅgama,【阳】日落。 ~raŋsi, ~rasmi。【阴】阳光。 ~uggamana, 【中】日出。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic sūrya cp. suvar light, heaven; Idg. *sāǔel, as in Gr. h(λios, Lat. sōl., Goth. sauil sun; Oir. sūil “eye”; cp. also Gr. sέlas splendour, selήnh moon, & many others, for which see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. sōl) 1. the sun Vin.I,2; D.II,319; Sn.687; A.I,227; S.V,29 sq.; J.II,73; Vism.231 (in simile), 416 (the seventh sun), 417 (myth of pop. etym.), 690 (in sim.); Miln.299; KhA 21 (bāla°, in simile); PvA.137, 211; VbhA.519; size of the sun DhsA.318; suriyaṁ uṭṭhāpeti to go on till sunrise J.I,318. -- 2. the sun as a god D.II,259; S.I,51; J.IV,63, etc.; VI,89, 90, 201, 247, 263, etc.

--atthaṅgamana sunset VvA.295. --uggamana sunrise Mhvs 23, 22; J.I,107. --kanta the sun-gem, a kind of gem Miln.118. --ggāha eclipse of the sun D.I,10; J.I,374. --maṇḍala the orb of the sun A.I,283; Dhs.617. --rasmi a sunbeam J.I,502. --vattika a sun-worshipper Nd¹ 89. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】太阳。suriyaggāha,【阳】日蚀(eclipse of the sun)。suriyamaṇḍala,【中】日轮(the orb of the sun A.I,283; Dhs.617.)。suriyatthaṅgama,【阳】日落。suriyaraṁsi, suriyarasmi。【阴】阳光。suriyuggamana,【中】日出。suriyavattika, 拜日者(a sun-worshipper)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suru: {'def': '(indecl.) [onamat.] a hissing sound (“suru”); surusuru-kārakaṁ (adv.) after the manner of making hissing sounds (when eating) Vin.II,214; IV,197. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Surusurukārakaŋ: {'def': '【副】发出簌噜簌噜声地（喝）。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Surusurukārakaṁ: {'def': '【副】发出苏噜苏噜声地(喝)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suruṅga: {'def': '[a corruption of su_rigc] a subterranean passage Mhvs 7, 15. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suruṅgā: {'def': '【阴】监狱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】监狱。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Surā: {'def': '【阴】酒。 ~ghaṭa, 【阳】（带柄和倾口的）大酒罐。 ~chaṇa, 【阳】喝酒的欢宴。 ~dhutta, 【阳】酒鬼。 ~pāna, 【中】喝烈酒，烈酒。 ~pāyikā,【阴】女酒鬼。 ~pita, 【形】喝醉者。 ~mada, 【阳】喝酒。 ~meraya,【中】甜酒和烈酒。 ~soṇḍa, ~soṇḍaka, 【形】有酒瘾的。【阳】酒鬼。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic surā] spirituous (intoxicating) liquor (“drink”) Vin.II,295; 301; IV,110; D.I,146; A.I,212, 295; It.63; J.I,199, 252 (tikhiṇaṁ suraṁ yojetvā mixing a sharp drink); DhA.II,9; Dh.247; as nt. at J.VI,23 (v. l. surā as gloss). -- Five kinds of surā are mentioned, viz. piṭṭha°, pūva°, odana° (odaniya°), kiṇṇapakkhitta°, sambhāra-saṁyutta° VvA.73; VbhA.381.

--âdhiṭṭhaka addicted to drink J.V,427. --geha a drinking house J.I,302. --ghaṭa a pitcher of liquor J.III,477. --ghara=°geha J.V,367. --chaṇa a drinking festival J.I,489; DhA.III,100. --dhutta a drunkard Sn.106; J.I,268; III,260. --nakkhatta a drinking festival J 362; SnA 185. --pāna drinking strong liquor J.I,50; IV,23; VbhA.383. --pāyikā a woman drinking liquor J.V,11. --pipāsita thirsty after strong drink S.II,110. --pīta one who has drunk liquor J.I,426. --mada tipsiness, intoxication A.IV,213; J.I,352, 362. --meraya (-pāna) (drinking) rum & spirits A.I,261; II,53. See also (pañca-) sikkhāpada. --vitthaka bowl for drinking spirits J.V,427; DhA.III,66. --soṇḍa a drunkard DhA.III,129. --soṇḍaka id. J.V,433. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】谷酒(须罗酒。surāti pañca surā --piṭṭhasurā, pūvasurā, odanasurā, kiṇṇapakkhittā, sambhārasaṁyuttā cāti.谷酒：包括五种谷酒—谷酒﹑饼酒﹑米酒﹑酵母酒﹑调和酒?)。surāghaṭa,【阳】(带柄和倾口的)大酒罐。surāchaṇa,【阳】喝酒的欢宴。surādhutta,【阳】酒鬼。surāpāna,【中】喝烈酒，烈酒。surāpāyikā,【阴】女酒鬼。surāpita,【形】喝醉者。surāmada,【阳】喝酒。surāmeraya,【中】甜酒和烈酒。surāsoṇḍa, surāsoṇḍaka,【形】有酒瘾的，【阳】酒鬼(drunkard)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā: {'def': '﹐离谷酒、迷罗耶酒、烈酒的放逸处。DA.31./I,944.：surāti piṭṭhasurā pūvasurā odanasurā kiṇṇapakkhittā sambhārasaṁyuttāti pañca surā. Merayanti pupphāsavo phalāsavo madhvāsavo guḷāsavo sambhārasaṁyuttoti pañca āsavā. Taṁ sabbampi madakaraṇavasena majjaṁ. Pamādaṭṭhānanti pamādakāraṇaṁ. (谷酒：包括五种谷酒—谷酒﹑饼酒﹑米酒﹑酵母酒﹑调和酒。迷罗耶酒：花酒﹑果酒﹑蜜酒﹑甘蔗酒，及上述诸酒的调和酒。烈酒：所有酿造的醉品。放逸处：作放逸。)(cf. Vin.Pāci.IV,110)) KhA.31.︰Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānassa pana (1)surādīnañca aññataraṁ hoti, (2)madanīyapātukamyatācittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti, (3)tajjañca vāyāmaṁ āpajjati, (4)pīte ca pavisatīti imāni cattāri aṅgānīti.(喝酒有四条件︰1.谷物酒等其中之一。2.生起想要喝酒的心。3.适当的行动。4.喝入(咽喉)。) KhA.34.︰Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā atītānāgatapaccuppannesu sabbakiccakaraṇīyesu khippaṁ paṭijānanatā sadā upaṭṭhitasatitā anummattakatā ñāṇavantatā analasatā ajaḷatā anelamūgatā amattatā appamattatā asammohatā acchambhitā asārambhitā anussaṅkitā saccavāditā apisuṇāpharusāsamphapalāpavāditā rattindivamatanditatā kataññutā kataveditā amaccharitā cāgavantatā sīlavantatā ujutā akkodhanatā hirimanatā ottappitā ujudiṭṭhikatā mahāpaññatā medhāvitā paṇḍitatā atthānatthakusalatāti evamādīni phalāni. Evamettha pāṇātipātādiveramaṇīnaṁ samuṭṭhānavedanāmūlakammaphalatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.(离放逸原因的谷物酒、花果酒(和)酒精有：速知过去、未来、现在所应做的事，常现起(正)念，不疯狂、具有智、不懒惰、不愚钝、不羊哑、不迷醉、不放逸、不愚痴、无怖畏、无激愤、无嫉妬、语谛实，无离间、粗恶语、杂秽语，日夜无懒惰，知恩、感恩、不悭悋、具施舍、持戒、正直、不忿怒、有惭意、有愧、见正直、大慧、具慧、智贤，善巧利害〔有利与不利〕，如此等果。) 如此乃是杀生等从等起、受、根、业、果对所应知的抉择。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Surūpa: {'def': 'surūpi,【形】英俊的。【阴】surūpinī。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'surūpi, 【形】英俊的。【阴】 ~pinī。(p349)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Susamucchinna: {'def': '【过分】已完全根除。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已完全根除。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Susamāhita: {'def': '【过分】已根深蒂固，已善抑制。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已根深蒂固，已抑制好。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Susamāraddha: {'def': '【过分】已完全采取。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【过分】已完全采取。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susaññata: {'def': '【形】完全抑制的。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】完全抑制的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susaṅkhata: {'def': '【过分】已准备好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已准备好。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Susaṇṭhāna: {'def': '【形】有好设计的，面貌俊秀的。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】有好设计的，面貌俊秀的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susikkhita: {'def': '【过分】已训练好，已完全学习。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【过分】已训练好，已完全学习。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susira: {'def': '【中】洞。【形】有孔的，打了洞的，有洞的。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】洞，窟窿。【形】有孔的，打了洞的，有洞的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [Sk. śuṣira] perforated, full of holes, hollow J.I,146; Sn.199; J.I,172, 442; DA.I,261; Miln.112; Vism.194=DhsA.199; KhA 172; asusira DhA.II,148 (Bdhgh for eka-ghaṇa). (nt.) a hole; PvA.62. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sussaratā: {'def': '【阴】有悦耳的声音的事实。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】有悦耳的声音的事实。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sussati: {'def': '(sus+ya), 枯萎，乾燥。【过】sussi。【过分】sukkha。【现分】sussamāna。【独】sussitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(sus + ya), 枯萎，干燥。【过】 sussi。【过分】 sukkha。【现分】sussamāna。【独】 sussitvā。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic śuṣyati; śuṣ (=sosana Dhtp 457)] to be dried, to wither Sn.434; J.I,503; II,424; VI,5 (being thirsty); ppr. med. sussamāna J.I,498; Sn.434; fut. sussissati J.I,48; ger. sussitvā J.II,5, 339; PvA.152. Cp. vissussati & sukkhati. -- Caus. soseti (q. v.). (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sussūsa: {'def': '(adj.) wishing to hear or learn, obedient S.I,6; J.IV,134. (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sussūsati: {'def': '(su+sa, su 重叠，次 u 被长化), 听。【过】sussūsi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(su + sa, su 重叠，次 u 被长化), 听。【过】 ~sūsi。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Desid. fr. suṇāti; Sk. śuśrūṣati] to wish to hear, to listen, attend D.I,230; A.I,72; IV,393; aor. sussūsimsu Vin.I,10; ppr. med. sussūsamāna Sn.383. (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sussūsin: {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Epic Sk. śuśrūṣin] obedient, trusting J.III,525. (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sussūsā: {'def': '【阴】想听，服从。DA.31：Sussūsāyāti saddahitvā savanena.(已有信心的听教)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】想听，服从。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Class. Sk. śuśrūṣā] wish to hear, obedience, attendance D.III,189; A.V,136; Th.1, 588; Sn.186; J.III,526; Miln.115. (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Susu: {'def': '³ the name of a sort of water animal (alligator or seacow? ) J.VI,537 (plur. susū)=V.255 (kumbhīlā makasā susū). (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² the sound susu, hissing J.III,347 (cp. su and sū); ThA.189. (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [cp. Sk. śiśu] a boy, youngster, lad Vin.III,147= J.II,284; Vv 64¹⁴ (=dahara C.); Sn.420; D.I,115; M.I,82; A.II,22; J.II,57; ājānīya-susūpama M.I,445, read ājānīy-ass-ūpama (cp. Th.1, 72). -- In phrase susukāḷa the susu is a double su°, in meaning “very, very black” (see under kāḷa-kesa), e. g. D.I,115=M.I,82= A.II,22=III,66=J.II,57; expl^d as suṭṭhu-kāḷa DA.I,284. -- susunāga a young elephant D.II,254. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】年轻，男孩。【形】年轻的。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】年轻，男孩，幼嫩。【形】年轻的。susunāga(=taruṇanāga)﹐幼象。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susuddha: {'def': '【形】非常乾净的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常干净的。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Susukha: {'def': '【形】很快乐的。Dhp.(v.197-9)︰Susukhaṁ vata jivāma, 我们活著真快乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susukka: {'def': '【形】很白的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】很白的。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Susukā: {'def': '【阴】鳄鱼。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) an alligator Vin.I,200; A.II,123 (where id. p. at Nd² 470 has suṁsumāra); M.I,459; Miln.196. (Page 721)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】短吻鳄(alligator)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susukāḷa-kesa: {'def': '【阳】【形】发极黑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Susāna: {'def': '【中】墓地。 ~gopaka, 【阳】看守墓地的人。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Susana (cp. Vedic wmawāna),【中】坟墓，墓地(a cemetery)。susānagopaka,【阳】看守墓地的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Vedic śmaśāna] a cemetery Vin.I,15, 50; II,146; D.I,71; A.I,241; II,210; Pug.59; J.I,175; Nd¹ 466; Nd² 342; Vism.76, 180; PvA.80, 92, 163, 195 sq. āmaka-s. a place where the corpses are left to rot J.I,61, 372; VI,10; DhA.I,176. Cp. sosānika.

--aggi a cemetery fire Vism.54. --gopaka the cemetery keeper DhA.I,69. --vaḍḍhana augmenting the cemetery, fit to be thrown into the cemetery Th.2, 380. Cp. kaṭasi°. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Susānaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. last] employed in a cemetery Mhvs 10, 91. (Page 720)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Susīla: {'def': '【形】有品德的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】有品德的。(p350)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Suta: {'def': '【阳】儿子。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(suṇāti 的【过分】), 已听到，【中】神圣的知识，学问，所听到的。 ~dhara,记忆所学或所闻的。 ~vantu, 【形】学习的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ [pp. of suṇāti; cp. Vedic śruta] 1. heard; in special sense “received through inspiration or revelation”; learned; taught A 97 sq.; D.III,164 sq., 241 sq.; freq. in phrase “iti me sutaṁ” thus have I heard, I have received this on (religious) authority, e. g. It.22 sq. ‹-› (nt.) sacred lore, inspired tradition, revelation; learning, religious knowledge M.III,99; A.I,210 sq.; II,6 sq.; S.IV,250; J.II,42; V,450, 485; Miln.248. -- appa-ssuta one who has little learning A.II,6 sq., 218; III,181; V,40, 152; bahu-ssuta one who has much learning, famous for inspired knowledge A.II,6 sq.; III,113 sq., 182 sq., 261 sq.; S.II,159. See bahu. asuta not heard Vin.I,238; Pv IV.1⁶¹; J.III,233; also as assuta J.I,390 (°pubba never heard before); III,233. -- na suta pubbaṁ a thing never heard of before J.III,285. dussuta M.I,228; sussuta M.III,104. -- 2. renowned J.II,442.

--ādhāra holding (i. e. keeping in mind, preserving) the sacred learning J.III,193; VI,287. --kavi a Vedic poet, a poet of sacred songs A.II,230. --dhana the treasure of revelation D.III,163, 251; A.III,53; IV,4 sq.; VvA.113. --dhara remembering what has been heard (or taught in the Scriptures) A.II,23 (+°sannicaya); III,152, 261 sq. --maya consisting in learning (or resting on sacred tradition), one of the 3 kinds of knowledge (paññā), viz. cintā-mayā, s.--m., bhāvanā-mayā paññā D.III,219; Vbh.324 (expl^d at Vism.439); as °mayī at Ps.I,4, 22 sq.; Nett 8, 50, 60. --ssava far-renowned (Ep. of the Buddha) Sn.353. (Page 717)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(suṇāti 的【过分】), 已听到，【中】神圣的知识，学问，所听到的。sutadhara, 记忆所学或所闻的。sutavantu,【形】学习的。Yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ,如所听闻，如所诵习。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】儿子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [Sk. suta, pp. of sū (or su) to generate] son Mhvs 1, 47; fem. sutā daughter, Th.2, 384. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sutanu: {'def': '【形】有健美的身体的，有苗条的腰部的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】有健美的身体的，有苗条的腰部的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Sutappaya: {'def': '(adj.) [su+grd. of tappati²] easily contented A.I,87; Pug.26 (opp. dut°). (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】易满意的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】易满意的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sutatta: {'def': '【过分】已很热。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. suta¹] the fact of having heard or learnt SnA 166. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已很热。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Sutavant: {'def': '(adj.) [suta¹+vant] one who is learned in religious knowledge Vin.I,14; A.II,178; III,55; IV,68, 157; S.III,57; Tikp 279; Sn.70 (=āgama-sampanna SnA 124), 90, 371; sutavanta-nimmita founded by learned, pious men Miln.1; assutavant, unlearned M.I,1 (°vā puthujjano laymen); Dhs.1003; A.III,54; IV,157. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suthita: {'def': '(?) beaten out, Miln.415 (with vv. ll. suthiketa, suphita & supita). Should we read su-poṭhita? Kern, Toev. II.85 proposes su-pīta “well saturated” (with which cp. supāyita J.IV,118, said of a sword). (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suti: {'def': '【阴】听，传统，传闻，吠陀经。 ~hīna, 【形】聋的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】听，传统，传闻，天启书。sutihīna,【形】聋的。Lokanīti (世间法)︰10.Suti sammuti sañkhyāca, Yogā nīti visesakā. Gandhabbā gaṇikā ceva, Dhanu bedā ca pūraṇā. 11.Tikicchā itihāsā ca, Joti māyā ca chandati. Ketu mantā ca saddā ca, Sippāṭṭhārasakā ime. (10.天启书、世俗智、数学，瑜伽、法律、胜论、音乐、会计，弓箭和考古。11.医学、历史、天文学、幻术、诗歌，逻辑、咒语、文法学。（这是十八种古印度的学问）)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. śruti revelation as opp. to smṛti tradition] 1. hearing, tradition, inspiration, knowledge of the Vedas Sn.839, 1078; Miln.3 (+sammuti); Mhvs 1, 3. ‹-› 2. rumour; sutivasena by hearsay, as a story, through tradition J.III,285, 476; VI,100. -- 3. a sound, tone VvA.139 (dvāvīsati suti-bhedā 22 kinds of sound). (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sutitikkha: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. su+titikkhā] easy to endure J 524. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Sutta: {'def': '² (nt.) [Vedic sūtra, fr. sīv to sew] 1. a thread, string D.I,76; II,13; Vin.II,150; Pv.II,11¹ (=kappāsiyā sutta PvA.146); J.I,52. -- fig. for taṇhā at Dhs.1059; DhsA.364. -- kāḷa° a carpenter’s measuring line J.II,405; Miln.413; dīgha° with long thread J.V,389; makkaṭa° spider’s thread Vism.136; yantā° string of a machine VbhA.241. -- Mentioned with kappāsa as barter for cīvara at Vin.III,216. -- 2. the (discursive, narrational) part of the Buddhist Scriptures containing the suttas or dialogues, later called Sutta-piṭaka (cp. Suttanta). As such complementary to the Vinaya. The fanciful explⁿ of the word at DhsA.19 is: “atthānaṁ sūcanto suvuttato savanato ‘tha sūdanato suttāṇā-sutta-sabhāgato ca suttaṁ Suttan ti akkhātaṁ.” -- D.II,124; Vin.II,97; VbhA.130 (+vinaya); SnA 159, 310 (compared with Vinaya & Abhidhamma). -- 3. one of the divisions of the Scriptures (see navaṅga) A.II,103, 178; III,177, 361 sq.; Miln.263. -- 4. a rule, a clause (of the Pātimokkha) Vin.I,65, 68; II,68, 95; III,327. -- 5. a chapter, division, dialogue (of a Buddh. text), text, discourse (see also suttanta) S.III,221 (pl. suttā), 253; V,46; Nett 118; DhsA.28. suttaso chapter by chapter A.V,72, 81; suttato according to the suttas Vism.562=VbhA.173. -- 6. an ancient verse, quotation J.I,288, 307, 314. ‹-› 7. book of rules, lore, text book J.I,194 (go° lore of cows); II,46 (hatthi° elephant trainer’s handbook).

--anta 1. a chapter of the Scriptures, a text, a discourse, a sutta, dialogue Vin.I,140 sq., 169; II,75; III,159; IV,344; A.I,60, 69, 72; II,147; S.II,267=A.III,107 (suttantā kavi-katā kāveyyā citt’akkharā cittavyañjanā bāhirakā sāvaka-bhāsitā); Vism.246 sq. (three suttantas helpful for kāyagatā sati). -- 2. the Suttantapiṭaka, opp. to the Vinaya Vism.272 (°aṭṭhakathā opp. to Vinay’aṭṭhakathā). As °piṭaka e. g. at KhA 12; VbhA.431. See Proper Names. --kantikā (scil. itthi) a woman spinner PvA.75; as °kantī at J.II,79. --kāra a cotton-spinner Miln.331. --guḷa a ball of string D.I,54; M.III,95; Pv IV.3²⁹; PvA.145. --jāla a web of thread, a spider’s web Nd² 260. --bhikkhā begging for thread PvA.145. --maya made of threads, i. e. a net SnA 115, 263. --rajjuka a string of threads Vism.253; VbhA.236. --lūkha roughly sewn together Vin.I,287, 297. --vāda a division of the Sabbatthavādins Dpvs 5, 48; Mhvs 5, 6; Mhbv 97. --vibhaṅga classification of rules Vin.II,97. Also title of a portion of the Vinaya Piṭaka. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Skt. Sutra)经', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '【中】线，经，格言。 ~kantana, 【中】纺织。 ~kāra, 【阳】合乎语法的格言的著作者。 ~guḷa, 【中】线球。 ~piṭaka, 【中】《经藏》。~maya, 【形】线做的。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(supati 的【过分】), 已睡，已冬眠，已睡熟。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(supati 的【过分】), 已睡，已冬眠，已睡熟。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】线，经，格言。suttakantana,【中】纺织。suttakāra,【阳】合乎语法的格言的著作者。suttaguḷa,【中】线球。suttapiṭaka,【中】《经藏》。suttamaya,【形】线做的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ [pp. of supati] asleep Vin.III,117; V,205; D.I,70; II,130; Dh.47; It.41; J.V,328. -- (nt.) sleep D.II,95; M.I,448; S.IV,169. In phrase °-pabuddha “awakened from sleep” referring to the awakening (entrance) in the deva-world, e. g. Vism.314 (brahmalokaṁ uppajjati); DhA.I,28 (kanaka-vimāne nibbatti); III,7 (id.); cp. S.I,143. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '经。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Suttaka: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. sutta] a string Vin.II,271; PvA.145; a string of jewels or beads Vin.II,106; III,48; DhsA.321; a term for lust DhsA.364. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suttanipāta: {'def': 'm. 経集[小部経の一]Sn.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Suttanta: {'def': '【阳、中】经。 ~tika, 【形】学了部分或全部《经藏》的人。(p347)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】【中】经。suttantika,【形】学了部分或全部《经藏》的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Suttantika: {'def': 'versed in the Suttantas. A suttantika bhikkhu is one who knows the Suttas (contrasted with vinayadhara, who knows the rules of the Vinaya) Vin.II,75. Cp. dhamma C 1 & piṭaka. -- Vin.I,169; II,75, 161; III,159; J.I,218; Miln.341; Vism.41, 72, 93; KhA 151. --duka the Suttanta pairs, the pairs of terms occurring in the Suttantas Dhs.1296 sq.; --vatthūni the physical bases of spiritual exercise in the Suttantas Ps.I,186. (Page 718)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Suttavibhaṅga: {'def': 'm. 経分別, 戒経の註釈[律蔵の部分, 大分別と比丘尼分別とから成る].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

【經文資訊】
【原始資料】原始资料皆来自网络
【其他事項】本資料庫可自由免費流通，詳細內容請參閱【中華電子佛典協會資料庫版權宣告】